{"title":"Key Clamps","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Single Lugged Bracket for 26.9mm Tube, Panel and Sign Fixing, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small black bracket that clamps onto 26.9mm tube and gives you one flat lug to bolt a board, panel or sign to.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round barrel slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw, so you can set it at any height and turn it to face any way. The flat lug sticks out to one side with a 10mm hole for the bolt, and it sits almost flush with the face of the tube, so the panel lies close against the frame. The black electrophoretic finish suits black tube frames for shop displays, office partitions and workshop fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp single lugged bracket with a 10mm fixing hole 40mm from the tube centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels without drilling the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket clamps on, so the tube stays whole and the bracket can be moved or added later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels sit tight to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lug lies almost in line with the face of the tube, so boards, mesh and signs fit close with no wide gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matches black key clamp tube and fittings, for a clean industrial look in shops, cafés, offices and studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet at any height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it along the tube, turn it to suit and lock it with the grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFixing back panels and shelves to shop display frames, screening boards to office and studio partitions, pegboard and tool boards to workshop frames, signs and menu boards to tube frames, and mesh or acrylic panels to indoor guarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne single lugged bracket, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLug\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne flat lug, one 10mm hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm from the tube centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLug length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm from the tube centre to the tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall sign or board on one tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel up to 1m tall between two tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, two each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel over 1m tall between two tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, three each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong run of panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 per tube per panel edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket takes 26.9mm tube. For a panel on each side of the same tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eblack double lugged bracket for 26.9mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For 33.7mm tube there is a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack single lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor work, use the galvanised range, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-fixing-bracket-42-4mm\"\u003egalvanised single lugged bracket for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding the frame? See the matching black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eend cap\u003c\/a\u003e for 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the bracket onto the tube, turn the lug to face the panel and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Hold the panel in place, mark through the lug hole, drill and fix with an M8 or M10 bolt, washer and nut, or a screw to suit the board. Fit brackets in pairs so the panel is held at top and bottom. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use an M8 or M10 bolt, or a screw to suit your panel, through the 10mm hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 25mm or 1 inch tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure the outside of your tube before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007238017411,"sku":"SSHF-106819-01","price":5.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-office-partition.jpg?v=1794095355"},{"product_id":"premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Double Lugged Bracket for 26.9mm Tube, Panel Joining and Fixing, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black bracket that clamps onto 26.9mm tube and gives you a flat lug on each side, so you can bolt a panel across the tube or join two panels on it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The round barrel slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw, so you can set it at any height and turn it to face any way. A flat plate runs across the barrel with a 10mm hole in each end, 81mm apart, and it sits almost flush with the face of the tube, so the panels lie close against the frame. The black electrophoretic finish suits black tube frames for shop displays, office partitions and workshop fit-outs indoors. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp double lugged bracket, 114mm long with two 10mm holes at 81mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels without drilling the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket clamps on, so the tube stays whole and the bracket can be moved or added later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fixing points in one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt one wide panel through both lugs for a firm hold, or butt two panels together on the tube with one lug each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels sit tight to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate lies almost in line with the face of the tube, so boards, mesh and signs fit close with no wide gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matches black key clamp tube and fittings, for a clean industrial look in shops, cafés, offices and studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet at any height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide it along the tube, turn it to suit and lock it with the grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoining panels on the posts of room dividers and display walls, fixing back panels to shop display frames, screening boards to office and studio partitions, pegboard and tool boards to workshop frames, signs and menu boards to tube frames, and mesh or acrylic panels to indoor guarding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne double lugged bracket, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLugs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, one each side, each with a 10mm hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube centre to plate underside\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSign or board across one tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting on a tube, up to 1m tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 on that tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo panels meeting on a tube, over 1m tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 on that tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRun of panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 3 on each tube between panels; single lugged brackets on the end tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket takes 26.9mm tube. Where a panel only needs fixing on one side, such as at the end of a run, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eblack single lugged bracket for 26.9mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For 33.7mm tube there is a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e and a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack single lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor work, use the galvanised range, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-fixing-bracket\"\u003egalvanised double lugged bracket for 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding the frame? See the matching black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eend cap\u003c\/a\u003e for 26.9mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the bracket onto the tube, turn the plate to face the panels and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Hold the panel or panels in place, mark through the lug holes, drill and fix with an M8 or M10 bolt, washer and nut, or a screw to suit the board. Fit at least two brackets on each tube so the panels are held at top and bottom. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use M8 or M10 bolts, or screws to suit your panels, through the 10mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit 25mm or 1 inch tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure the outside of your tube before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007181033859,"sku":"SSHF-336195-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-cafe-divider.jpg?v=1794095719"},{"product_id":"premium-side-through-rail-support","title":"Black Key Clamp Side Through Rail Support for 26.9mm Tube, Wall Handrail Bracket, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black wall bracket for 26.9mm tube: the tube passes straight through the ring, and the flat base screws to a wall, a panel or a kick plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring sits on a short stem 54mm out from the base, so a handrail clears the wall comfortably, and one hex socket grub screw locks the tube at any point along its length. The base is 77 x 44mm with two 7mm screw holes at 57mm centres. Use it to hold a slim black handrail along a wall, tie a tube frame back to a wall, mount display panels, or fix a kick plate to guardrail uprights. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. The price shown is for one support, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-side-through-rail-support-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp side through rail support, 54mm from base to tube centre with a 77 x 44mm base\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe rail runs straight through.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike an end bracket, the tube passes through the ring, so one length of rail can be carried by as many supports as you need along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear of the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 54mm stem holds the tube far enough out for a hand to grip the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFirm, flat fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The wide base takes two screws, so the bracket stays square on plaster, timber or a steel kick plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It matches black key clamp tube and fittings for a clean, industrial look indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlim handrails along stairs, corridors and ramps inside cafés, shops, offices and homes; tying black tube shelving and display frames back to walls; mounting exhibition and display panels; and fixing kick plates to the uprights of indoor guardrails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side through rail support, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase to tube centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 x 44mm, 7mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 7mm, at 57mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall handrail, per metre of rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, plus 1 at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3m handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTie-back for a tube frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 per frame, top and middle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep supports no more than 1 metre apart on a handrail, and finish the rail ends with end caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis support takes 26.9mm tube, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. For 33.7mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-through-rail-support-key-clamp\"\u003eblack side through rail support for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Finish the rail with a black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003e26.9mm end cap\u003c\/a\u003e, turn corners with a black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, and use the black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-base-wall-flange-for-26-9mm-tube\"\u003esquare base wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e where a rail ends square into a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot a guardrail base.\u003c\/strong\u003e This bracket is not designed to be the only support for a free-standing guardrail or other loaded structure. Use base flanges for guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the rail line on the wall, hold each support in place and mark the two holes. Drill and fix with screws and plugs to suit the wall (not included). Slide the rail through the rings, set it level and tighten each grub screw with a hex key. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one support, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use screws and plugs to suit your wall through the two 7mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the rail pass through or end in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rail passes straight through the ring, so supports can be fitted anywhere along one length of tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full handrail or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007151903107,"sku":"SSHF-368963-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-side-through-rail-support-26-9mm-wall-handrail.jpg?v=1794096045"},{"product_id":"premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Metal End Cap for 26.9mm Tube, Knock-In Cast Iron Tube Plug, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black cast iron end cap that closes off the open end of a 26.9mm tube with a neat, rounded finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two split legs under the round head drive into the tube bore with a soft-faced mallet and grip tight, so the cap stays put without glue and is hard to pull out. Only the slightly domed head shows, sitting flush with the outside of the tube, so there is no sharp cut edge on a handrail end or the top of a frame. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for indoor work. The price shown is for one end cap, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp metal end cap, a round head about 27mm across with two knock-in legs, 26mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA safe, tidy tube end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cap covers the cut edge of the tube, so handrail ends and frame tops are smooth to the hand and look finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStays in without glue.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cast legs grip the inside of the tube, so the cap will not work loose or get pulled out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal, not plastic.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cast iron head will not split, fade or crack like a plastic insert, and it matches the fittings around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps dirt out.\u003c\/strong\u003e Closing the tube end stops dust and debris collecting inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ends of black tube handrails on stairs, ramps and corridors, the tops of uprights on shop display frames, clothes rails and shelving, café and bar foot rails, room divider frames and indoor guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne metal end cap, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 27mm across, slightly domed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnock-in legs, no adhesive needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd caps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall handrail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, one each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 for every open upright top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail or display unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 4 to 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount every open tube end that will be on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cap fits tube of 26.9mm outside diameter, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure the outside of your tube before ordering. The cap drives into the bore, so it suits standard wall thickness key clamp tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the rest of a black 26.9mm frame, see the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-through-rail-support\"\u003eside through rail support\u003c\/a\u003e for wall handrails and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-26-9mm-tube\"\u003esingle lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e for fixing panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the tube square and remove any burr from the inside edge. Line the cap up with the tube end and tap it fully home with a soft-faced or rubber mallet until the head sits tight against the tube. It is designed as a permanent fit. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one cap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one end cap, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need glue?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The legs grip the inside of the tube once it is tapped home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take it out again?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is hard to remove once fitted, so treat it as a permanent cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007119987075,"sku":"SSHF-401731-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-handrail-end.jpg?v=1794096361"},{"product_id":"professional-hook-clip-for-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Hook Clip for 26.9mm Tube, Lift-Off Chain Hook for Posts, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black hook clip that clamps onto 26.9mm tube and gives you an open hook to hang the end of a chain on, so the chain lifts off whenever you need to get through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any height. A curled hook is cast on the side of the ring, opening upwards and parallel to the tube, so a chain link drops on and lifts off in one movement. Use it on posts either side of a doorway, stair top, bar counter or staff area to close the gap with a chain. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube for indoor work. The price shown is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-hook-clip-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp hook clip, 24mm ring width and the hook 23mm from the tube centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA chain that opens in a second.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the end link off the hook to open the gap, drop it back to close it. No clips or shackles to undo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits on the post you already have.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the tube, so there is no drilling or welding, and the height can be changed later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits black tube posts and guardrails in bars, cafés, shops and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and tidy.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook sits close to the post, so it does not snag people walking past.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChains across staff-only areas, bar and counter gaps, cloakroom and storeroom doorways, queue lines, the tops of ladders and stairs to mezzanines, and access gaps in indoor guardrails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hook clip, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRing width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23mm from the tube centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, curling upwards, parallel to the tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook clips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne chain across a gap, lift-off at one end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, plus a fixed point at the other end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne chain across a gap, lift-off at both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo chains, high and low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chain is not included. Choose a chain with links big enough to sit over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis clip takes 26.9mm tube, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. For 33.7mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-hook-clip-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eblack hook clip for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. Finish the post tops with black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003e26.9mm metal end caps\u003c\/a\u003e and fix the posts down with black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eoval base flanges\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA light-duty fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook is for locating a chain across an opening, not for a permanent or load-bearing chain fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the clip onto the post, set the height and turn the hook to face the gap, then tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Fit a matching clip or a fixed eye on the post opposite and hang the chain between them. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hook clip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the chain included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The clip only. Use a chain with links that drop easily over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan tubes be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tube passes through the ring; it does not join two tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006998581635,"sku":"SSHF-434499-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-hook-clip-26-9mm-bar-chain.jpg?v=1794096675"},{"product_id":"premium-square-base-wall-flange-for-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Square Wall Flange for 26.9mm Tube, Four-Hole Base Plate, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black square flange that fixes the end of a 26.9mm tube flat to a wall, floor or ceiling, with a screw in each of its four corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube pushes into the round socket in the middle of the 65mm square plate and locks with one hex socket grub screw. Use it to end a handrail square into a wall, stand a clothes rail or display upright on the floor, or hang a frame from a ceiling. Four fixings spread the hold evenly, and the plate sits tidy and square. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube and fittings for indoor work. The price shown is for one flange, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-square-wall-flange-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp square wall flange, 65mm square plate, 42mm deep with four 6mm holes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour fixings, not two.\u003c\/strong\u003e A screw in each corner holds the plate square and spreads the load into the wall or floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, square end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube finishes in a neat socket against the surface, with no visible cut edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall, floor or ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same flange stands an upright, ends a rail into a wall or hangs a frame from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits black tube shelving, clothes rails, handrails and display frames in shops, cafés and homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrail ends into walls, feet for clothes rails and display uprights, ceiling drops for hanging rails and signs, shelving and room divider frames, and the ends of foot rails at bars and counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square wall flange, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm square, 6mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 6mm, one in each corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.28 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlanges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandrail, both ends into walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClothes rail with two feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf unit, floor fixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 per upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling-hung rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flange takes 26.9mm tube, often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. For 33.7mm black tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-base-wall-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eblack square wall flange for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e. For outdoor work, use the galvanised range, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/square-base-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised square wall flange for 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the rail should pass a wall rather than end in it, use the black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-through-rail-support\"\u003eside through rail support\u003c\/a\u003e. Finish open tube ends with black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-metal-end-cap-26-9mm-tube\"\u003emetal end caps\u003c\/a\u003e and turn corners with a black \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot a structural base.\u003c\/strong\u003e This flange is not designed as the only base for a free-standing guardrail or other loaded structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHold the flange in place, mark the four holes and fix with screws and plugs or bolts to suit the surface (not included), up to 6mm. Push the tube fully into the socket and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one square wall flange, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use four screws or bolts up to 6mm to suit your wall or floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006670606723,"sku":"SSHF-794947-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-square-wall-flange-26-9mm-clothes-rail-foot.jpg?v=1794097344"},{"product_id":"premium-4-way-cross-piece-26-9mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Four Way Cross for 26.9mm Tube, Mid Rail to Post, Indoor, Size A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe black four way cross joins a mid or lower rail to an intermediate post on an indoor guard rail, with the post running straight through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes through the central barrel, the rail is cut at the post and each end pushes into its own socket, and three grub screws lock all three tubes. It suits 26.9mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, a smooth dark finish for interiors. It is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-four-way-cross-26-9mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 26.9mm key clamp four way cross, 42mm from the post centre to the end of each rail socket and 41mm high\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a four way cross\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA level mid rail at every post.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a two-rail guard rail the top rail sits on short tees on top of the posts. The mid rail needs a joint partway up each post, and the four way cross gives it, keeping both rail ends exactly in line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosts stay in one piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through, so it stays full length from floor to top rail. Only the mid rail is cut, into post-to-post lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat dark finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black electrophoretic coat suits black tube in shops, showrooms, cafés, offices and homes, where a guard rail is on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key, inside an occupied building, with no fumes or sparks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoor mezzanine and balcony guard rails, staircase landings, queue and divider rails in cafés, cinemas and shops, office and reception partitions, display frames, and black tube furniture and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne four way cross with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour way cross, post through, rail ends either side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9mm outside diameter (size A), all tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of each rail socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height of the body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrophoretic coating is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this fitting outside or in wet areas: it will rust. For an outdoor black rail, choose powder coated fittings and seal the screws; for outdoor rails with no upkeep, choose galvanised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich black 26.9mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 26.9mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis four way cross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo top rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-corner-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-rail-key-clamp-26-9mm-tube\"\u003eThree way mid rail corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree rails at a post, post through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-3-way-side-outlet-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eSide outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne four way cross for each intermediate post on each lower rail. End posts use a mid rail corner or short tee instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStraight two-rail run, posts at 1.5m\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrosses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 26.9mm tube is often sold as 3\/4\" or 20mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this cross will not grip 25mm or 33.7mm tube. The same fitting for 33.7mm tube: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-key-clamp\"\u003eblack 33.7mm four way cross\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cross onto the post at mid-rail height before fitting the top tee. Cut each mid rail to the post spacing less the two socket depths, deburr the ends and push them fully home. Level the rail, then tighten all three grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating with the key; touch up chips with black paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one four way cross with all three grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and the fitting will rust outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the rail run through the fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post runs through; the rail is cut at the post and each end sits in its own socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on stairs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly on level rails, such as landings. The sockets are fixed at 90° to the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full black rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58006501654915,"sku":"SSHF-860483-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-four-way-cross-26-9mm-landing-balustrade.jpg?v=1794097749"},{"product_id":"premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece","title":"Key Clamp 4 Way Slope Cross 0-11° for 33.7mm Tube, Ramp Mid Rail Fitting, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 4 way slope cross piece fixes a mid or lower rail to an intermediate post on a ramp, path or sloping site, with the rail following the slope at up to 11° while the post stays plumb.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail passes straight through the long barrel and the post passes straight through the flared hole in the middle, so both tubes carry on either side of the joint. Three grub screws lock it: two on the rail and one on the post. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-4-way-slope-cross-0-11-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp 4 way slope cross piece 0 to 11 degrees, A 112mm long and B 50mm high, post up to 11 degrees either way\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a 4 way slope cross\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMid rails that follow the slope.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard cross holds the rail square to the post, so on a ramp the mid rail would have to step or kink at every post. This fitting lets the rail run at the same fall as the top rail, so the rails stay parallel along the run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoth tubes pass through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post carries on above to the top rail and the rail carries on past the post, so one length of tube spans several posts with no joints at the fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne fitting for any fall in range.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post hole is flared 22° in all, so the rail can slope up to 11° either way. There is no ordering to an exact angle; set it on site and tighten the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMid rails and knee rails on access and wheelchair ramp guard rails, two and three rail barriers along sloping footpaths and car park ramps, rails on banks and gently sloping ground, and any tube frame where a lower rail must cross intermediate posts on a fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 4 way slope cross piece with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 way slope cross 0° to 11°: rail through the barrel, post through the flared centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: barrel height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlope range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° either way (22° in all)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 to 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTubes cannot be joined inside this fitting: both the rail and the post must pass through in one length. Where a mid rail has to be joined, make the joint between posts with an internal or external sleeve. It is for intermediate posts; at end posts the rail stops, so a different fitting is needed. For slopes steeper than 11°, such as stairs, use adjustable fittings. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm fitting goes where on a sloping rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail across each intermediate post, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 4 way slope cross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11\"\u003eShort slope tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree\"\u003eSloping tee piece\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail into an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-elbow-0-11\"\u003eSloping elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the sloping ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange\"\u003eSlope oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each intermediate post on each lower rail. A two-rail ramp guard rail with six posts has four intermediate posts, so it needs four; a three-rail guard rail on the same posts needs eight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same 4 way slope cross is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-3\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-4\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the crosses onto the posts before the top fittings go on. Fix the posts plumb, thread the rail through the barrels, and let each cross turn on its post to match the slope. Check the rail height along the run, then tighten all three grub screws firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 4 way slope cross with all three grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan two rails be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rail and the post must each pass through in one length. Join rails between posts with a sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work on stairs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot usually. Most stairs are steeper than 11°, so use adjustable fittings for stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp or path rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57979884044675,"sku":"SSHF-492995-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-4-way-slope-cross-0-11-33-7mm-1.jpg?v=1794133779"},{"product_id":"premium-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree","title":"Key Clamp Sloping Tee Piece 0-11° for 33.7mm Tube, Ramp Top Rail Joint Fitting, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe sloping tee piece joins a sloping top rail to a vertical post on a ramp, path or sloping site, at any angle from level to 11° either way, and lets two lengths of rail meet over the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail runs through the long barrel, held by a grub screw at each end, so a joint between two rail lengths can sit inside it. The post pushes into the flared socket below and is held by a third screw, so the post stays plumb while the rail follows the slope. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp sloping tee piece 0 to 11 degrees, A 114mm barrel and B 48mm from the rail centre to the bottom of the socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a sloping tee piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoin rails where they meet a post.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tube comes in set lengths, so on a long ramp the top rail has to be joined somewhere. The long barrel lets the two lengths butt together inside the fitting, each held by its own screw, so the joint is hidden and supported by the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails that follow the slope.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flared post socket lets the rail run at up to 11° while the post stays plumb, so there is no kink at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMid rails at end posts too.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turned on its side, with the barrel on the end post and the socket taking the rail end, it fixes a sloping mid rail to an end post that carries on above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop rails of handrails and guard rails on access and wheelchair ramps, sloping footpaths and car park ramps, barriers on banks and gently sloping ground, mid rails at end posts of sloping guard rails, and any tube frame where a rail must follow a shallow slope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sloping tee piece with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong slope tee 0° to 11°: rail through the long barrel, post into the flared socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: rail centre to the bottom of the socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlope range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° either way (22° in all)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.50 to 0.57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe post ends inside the socket; it cannot pass through. For mid rails on intermediate posts, where the post must carry on above, use the 4 way slope cross. For slopes steeper than 11°, such as stairs, use adjustable fittings. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm fitting goes where on a sloping rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over a post, with or without a rail joint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis sloping tee piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over a post, no joint needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11\"\u003eShort slope tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail across an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece\"\u003e4 way slope cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail into an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-elbow-0-11\"\u003eSloping elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the sloping ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange\"\u003eSlope oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each intermediate post on the top rail, or at least one wherever two lengths of top rail meet. With 3.5 metre tube and posts about 1.75 metres apart, a joint falls on every second post. Add one at each end post for every mid rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same sloping tee piece is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the posts plumb first. Put a tee on each post, feed the rail lengths into the barrels so any joint sits in the middle of a tee, and let each tee settle to the slope. Check the rail height along the run, then tighten all three grub screws firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one sloping tee piece with all three grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it different from the short slope tee?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sloping tee piece has a longer barrel with a screw at each end, so two rail lengths can be joined inside it. The short slope tee has one screw and needs the rail to pass through in one length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work on stairs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot usually. Most stairs are steeper than 11°, so use adjustable fittings for stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp or path rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57979835449731,"sku":"SSHF-525763-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-33-7mm-1.jpg?v=1794134081"},{"product_id":"premium-short-slope-tee-0-11","title":"Key Clamp Short Slope Tee 0-11° for 33.7mm Tube, Ramp and Path Rail Fitting, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe short slope tee joins a gently sloping rail to a vertical post, for ramps, paths and sloping ground up to 11° either way from level.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail passes straight through the short top barrel and is held by one grub screw. The post pushes into the flared socket below and is held by a second; because the socket is flared, the post stays vertical while the rail follows the slope. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-short-slope-tee-0-11-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp short slope tee 0 to 11 degrees, 50mm from the rail centre to the bottom of the socket, post up to 11 degrees either way\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a short slope tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRails that follow gentle slopes.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard short tee holds the rail square to the post. On a ramp or sloping path that leaves a kink at every post. This tee lets the rail run at up to 11° while the post stays plumb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne fitting for any slope in range.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flared socket takes any angle from level to 11° either way, so there is no ordering to an exact angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRail runs over the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e One continuous length of rail passes through each tee, so there are no joints at the posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrails and guard rails on access ramps, sloping footpaths and car park ramps, barriers on banks and gently sloping ground, rails at loading bays and yards with a fall, and any tube frame where a rail must follow a shallow slope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne short slope tee with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort slope tee 0° to 11°: rail through the top, post into the flared socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: centre of the rail to the bottom of the socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlope range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° either way (22° in all)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.32 to 0.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rail must run through the top in one length; two rails cannot be joined inside this fitting. Where rails must be joined over a post, use the sloping tee piece instead. For slopes steeper than 11°, such as stairs, use the 11° to 29° short slope tee or an adjustable short tee. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm fitting goes where on a sloping rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each post, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis short slope tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails joined over a post, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree\"\u003eSloping tee piece\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail ending at an end post on a slope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-elbow-0-11\"\u003eSloping elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to sloping ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange\"\u003eAdjustable slope base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over a post on level ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each intermediate post on the sloping part of the rail. Posts are usually spaced up to about 2 metres apart, so a 10 metre ramp rail with six posts needs four short slope tees, plus sloping elbows on the two end posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same short slope tee is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11-degree-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11-degree\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the posts plumb first. Put a tee on each post, lay the rail through all the barrels, and let each tee settle to the slope. Check the rail height along the run, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one short slope tee with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work on stairs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot usually. Most stairs are steeper than 11°. Use the 11° to 29° short slope tee or an adjustable short tee for stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan two rails be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rail must pass through in one length. Use the sloping tee piece to join rails over a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp or path rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57979740291459,"sku":"SSHF-624067-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-short-slope-tee-0-11-33-7mm-access-ramp-handrail.jpg?v=1794103371"},{"product_id":"adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange","title":"Key Clamp Slope Oval Base Flange 0-11° for 33.7mm Tube, Ramp Post Base, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe slope oval base flange fixes an upright to a ramp, sloping path or bank and keeps the post plumb on a fall of up to 11°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval plate bolts flat to the sloping surface with two bolts, and the socket is shaped so the post can stand anywhere from square to the plate to 11° off it. Two grub screws lock the post at the angle you set. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one flange, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-slope-oval-base-flange-0-11-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp slope oval base flange 0 to 11 degrees, 80mm tall on a 125 by 75mm plate with fixing holes 88mm apart\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a slope base flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlumb posts on sloping ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard base flange holds the post square to the plate, so on a ramp the post leans with the slope. This flange takes up the fall, so every post on the ramp stands upright and the rail runs true.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo packing or wedges.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate sits flat on the slope and bolts straight down. There is no need to pack under one side or cut a level pad into the ramp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne flange for any fall in range.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post can sit at any angle from 0° to 11°, so the same flange suits a gentle path or a steeper access ramp. Set the post plumb with a level, then tighten the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and loading areas in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrail and guard rail posts on wheelchair and access ramps, sloping footpaths and car park ramps, barriers on loading bay approaches, rails on banks and sloping decks, and any tube frame where uprights must stand vertical on a surface with a fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne slope oval base flange with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlope oval base flange 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 14mm diameter, to take M12 anchors or bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° from square to the plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.75 to 0.83 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe post leans one way only: towards the open side of the oval socket. Fit the flange with its two holes running across the slope and the open side facing up or down the ramp, as the post needs. Falls steeper than 11°, such as stairs, need a different base fitting. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm fitting goes where on a ramp rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the ramp surface, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis slope oval base flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to level ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11\"\u003eShort slope tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree\"\u003eSloping tee piece\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail across an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece\"\u003e4 way slope cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail ending at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-elbow-0-11\"\u003eSloping elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for every post that stands on the slope. Posts are usually spaced up to about 2 metres apart, so a 10 metre ramp rail needs six flanges. Posts on the level landings at the top and bottom take standard oval base flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the post before ordering: this flange will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same slope oval base flange is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-slope-base-flange-1\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-base-flange-0-12\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the post positions along the ramp. Set each flange with its holes across the slope, then drill and fix it with two M12 anchors or bolts suited to the surface. Push the post fully into the socket, hold it plumb with a spirit level and tighten both grub screws firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one slope oval base flange with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose M12 anchors for concrete or masonry, or M12 bolts for timber or steel, to suit the surface you are fixing to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on level ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The post can stand square to the plate, so it works at 0° too. For a site that is all level, the standard oval base flange is the simpler choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57973141012867,"sku":"SSHF-656835-01","price":16.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-slope-oval-base-flange-0-11-33-7mm-1.jpg?v=1794134390"},{"product_id":"premium-sloping-elbow-0-11","title":"Key Clamp Sloping Elbow 0-11° for 33.7mm Tube, Ramp Rail End Post Fitting, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe sloping elbow turns a gently sloping top rail down into a vertical end post, at the top or bottom of a ramp, path or sloping site, at any angle from level to 11°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end pushes into one socket and the post top into the other; both sockets are flared, so the rail can rise or fall by up to 11° while the post stays plumb. One grub screw in each socket locks the joint. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-elbow-0-11-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp sloping elbow 0 to 11 degrees, A 48mm, both sockets flared 22 degrees\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a sloping elbow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat end to a sloping rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard 90° elbow only meets the post square, so on a ramp the rail has to kink or the post has to lean. The sloping elbow takes up the fall, so the rail runs straight into the end post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop or bottom of the slope.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn it one way for the top of a ramp, where the rail falls away from the post, and the other way for the bottom, where it rises. The same fitting does both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny fall up to 11°.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both sockets are flared, so there is no ordering to an exact angle. Set the rail to the slope on site and tighten the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnd posts of handrails and guard rails on access and wheelchair ramps, sloping footpaths and car park ramps, barriers on banks and gently sloping ground, rails at loading bay approaches, and any tube frame where a sloping rail must finish at a vertical post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sloping elbow with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping elbow 0° to 11°: rail end into one socket, post top into the other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: centre line of one socket to the end of the other\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlope range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° up or down (each socket flared 22°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.39 to 0.43 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rail and the post both end inside the fitting; neither can pass through, so it suits end posts only. For intermediate posts use the short slope tee, which lets the rail run over the post. For slopes steeper than 11°, such as stairs, use an adjustable elbow. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm fitting goes where on a sloping rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail into an end post, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis sloping elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11\"\u003eShort slope tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree\"\u003eSloping tee piece\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail across an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece\"\u003e4 way slope cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the sloping ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange\"\u003eSlope oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo per sloping run of rail: one on the end post at the top and one on the end post at the bottom. It carries the top rail only, because the post must finish inside the fitting; lower rails on the end posts need fittings that let the post carry on above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same sloping elbow is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-sloping-elbow-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-elbow-0-12\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the end posts plumb first. Push the elbow onto the post top, offer up the rail, and let the rail settle to the slope in its flared socket. Check the rail height along the run, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one sloping elbow with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work at the top and the bottom of a ramp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Fit it one way round for a rail falling away from the post and the other way for a rail rising from it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work on stairs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot usually. Most stairs are steeper than 11°. Use an adjustable elbow for stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 6 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp or path rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57972880867715,"sku":"SSHF-820675-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-elbow-0-11-33-7mm-1.jpg?v=1794134666"},{"product_id":"premium-sloping-cross-piece-42-4mm-tube","title":"Key Clamp Sloping Cross Piece 30-45° for 42.4mm Tube, Stair Mid Rail Fitting, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe sloping cross piece carries a mid rail past a post at the point where a stair or ramp rail changes from level to sloping, at 30° to 45°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through the centre of the fitting. The level rail ends in the socket on one side and the sloping rail ends in the angled socket on the other, so the rail turns down, or up, the slope right at the post. Three grub screws lock it, one for each tube. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-cross-piece-30-45-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp sloping cross piece 30 to 45 degrees, A 60mm, B 90mm, C 56mm and D 150mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a sloping cross piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the change of direction.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a stair guard rail the mid rail runs level along the landing, then turns to follow the flight. This fitting makes that turn at the post, in one casting, with no cut and welded joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through, so it stays one length from the floor to the top rail above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDown or up the slope.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the fitting over and the same casting suits a rail going from level to sloping down or from level to sloping up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on external steps, fire escapes and ramps in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMid rails on guard rails and balustrades at the top and bottom of external steps, stair landings in warehouses and plant rooms, access platforms and steel stairs, and any tube frame where a lower rail changes from level to a 30° to 45° slope at a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sloping cross piece with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping cross piece 30° to 45°: post through the centre, level rail one side, sloping rail the other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), post and rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of level socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height of the post barrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: length of the sloping socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.80 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fitting is for slopes between 30° and 45°, which covers most stairs. Both rails end in their sockets and do not pass through. For shallow ramps up to 11°, use the slope fittings made for ramps. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm fitting goes where on a stair rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail going from level to sloping at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis sloping cross piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail on the slope at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-mid-rail-connector-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eAdjustable mid rail connector 30-45°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail on the slope over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdjustable short tee 30-60°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube meeting a post at any angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp-2\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-6\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each post where a mid rail changes between level and sloping. A single flight with a level landing at the top and bottom needs two for each mid rail, one at each change of direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm scaffold tube. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-sloping-cross-piece-for-tubes\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fitting onto the post at mid rail height before fitting anything above it. Cut the rails to length and deburr the ends. Push the level rail and the sloping rail fully into their sockets, set the frame and tighten all three grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one sloping cross piece with all three grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work going up as well as down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Turn it over and the same fitting suits a rail going from level to sloping up or from level to sloping down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the post be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post passes through in one length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full stair rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57959711900035,"sku":"SSHF-680387-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-cross-piece-30-45-42-4mm-1.jpg?v=1794135006"},{"product_id":"professional-sloping-cross-piece-for-tubes","title":"Key Clamp Sloping Cross Piece 30-45° for 48.3mm Tube, Stair Mid Rail Fitting, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe sloping cross piece carries a mid rail past a post at the point where a stair or ramp rail changes from level to sloping, at 30° to 45°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through the centre of the fitting. The level rail ends in the socket on one side and the sloping rail ends in the angled socket on the other, so the rail turns down, or up, the slope right at the post. Three grub screws lock it, one for each tube. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-cross-piece-30-45-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp sloping cross piece 30 to 45 degrees, A 68mm, B 100mm, C 70mm and D 170mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a sloping cross piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the change of direction.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a stair guard rail the mid rail runs level along the landing, then turns to follow the flight. This fitting makes that turn at the post, in one casting, with no cut and welded joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through, so it stays one length from the floor to the top rail above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDown or up the slope.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the fitting over and the same casting suits a rail going from level to sloping down or from level to sloping up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on external steps, fire escapes and ramps in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMid rails on guard rails and balustrades at the top and bottom of external steps, stair landings in warehouses and plant rooms, access platforms and steel stairs, and any tube frame where a lower rail changes from level to a 30° to 45° slope at a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sloping cross piece with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping cross piece 30° to 45°: post through the centre, level rail one side, sloping rail the other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D), post and rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of level socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height of the post barrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: length of the sloping socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fitting is for slopes between 30° and 45°, which covers most stairs. Both rails end in their sockets and do not pass through. For shallow ramps up to 11°, use the slope fittings made for ramps. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm fitting goes where on a stair rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail going from level to sloping at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis sloping cross piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail on the slope at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-mid-rail-connector-30-45\"\u003eAdjustable mid rail connector 30-45°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail on the slope over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdjustable short tee 30-60°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube meeting a post at any angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each post where a mid rail changes between level and sloping. A single flight with a level landing at the top and bottom needs two for each mid rail, one at each change of direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-cross-piece-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fitting onto the post at mid rail height before fitting anything above it. Cut the rails to length and deburr the ends. Push the level rail and the sloping rail fully into their sockets, set the frame and tighten all three grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one sloping cross piece with all three grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work going up as well as down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Turn it over and the same fitting suits a rail going from level to sloping up or from level to sloping down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the post be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post passes through in one length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 2 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full stair rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57959577321859,"sku":"SSHF-713155-01","price":27.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sloping-cross-piece-30-45-48-3mm-1.jpg?v=1794135280"},{"product_id":"professional-short-tee-swivel-connection","title":"Key Clamp Short Tee with Swivel for 42.4mm Tube, Stair to Landing Rail, Galvanised, Size C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe short tee with swivel joins a sloping stair rail and a level landing rail to the same post, at whatever angle the stair sets.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through the middle of the fitting. The level rail pushes into the fixed socket on one side, held by two grub screws, and the stair rail pushes into the swivel socket on the other side, which turns on a riveted hinge to follow the pitch of the stairs and is locked by its own grub screw. It is the usual brace fitting where a staircase top rail meets a level section. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube, the usual size for handrails, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-short-tee-with-swivel-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp short tee with swivel, 60mm from the post to the end of the level socket, 50mm to the hinge and a 75mm swivel socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a short tee with swivel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStair meets landing in one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The level rail and the sloping rail both join the same post at the same height, so the change of direction is neat and strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny stair pitch.\u003c\/strong\u003e The swivel follows the angle of the stair, so you do not need to order to an exact pitch or cut angled joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe post carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes through, so it can continue up for a top rail or down to its base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key and can be adjusted on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on external stairs, fire escapes and plant platforms in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere stair handrails and guard rails meet level landings on external steel stairs, fire escapes, mezzanine and platform stairs, plant room access stairs, and as a brace between a sloping and a level rail on any 42.4mm tube frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne short tee with swivel, riveted, with grub screws fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort tee with swivel connection, post passes through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), post and both rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of the level socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: post centre to the hinge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: hinge to end of the swivel socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron, steel rivet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.96 to 1.06 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTubes cannot be joined within this fitting: each rail ends in its socket and only the post passes through. No load rating is published, so for a stair or landing rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm stair fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair rail and level rail meeting at a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis short tee with swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair rail turning down into a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-swivel-connection\"\u003e90° elbow with swivel\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrace at any angle to a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp-2\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair rail over an intermediate post, 30° to 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-up-tee-30-45-degrees\"\u003eSloping up tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each post where a stair rail meets a level rail. A stair with a landing at the top needs one at the top post for each rail height: two for a two-rail guard rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 40mm or 48.3mm tube. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-with-swivel-connection\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fitting onto the post and set its height. Push the level rail into the fixed socket and the stair rail into the swivel socket, swing the swivel to the stair pitch, then tighten all grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one short tee with swivel, riveted and ready to fit, with its grub screws. There is no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the swivel go up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt turns on the hinge to follow the stair, up or down from the level rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan a rail pass through it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Only the post passes through; both rails end in their sockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full stair rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57959471186307,"sku":"SSHF-942531-01","price":23.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-short-tee-with-swivel-42-4mm-stair-and-level-rail.jpg?v=1794093568"},{"product_id":"premium-angle-base-fixing-30-45","title":"Key Clamp Base Angle Fixing 30-45 Degrees, 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe base angle fixing holds a 42.4mm tube leaning between 30° and 45° off vertical, bolted down to a flat floor, slab or deck.\u003c\/strong\u003e The socket is cast at a rake on a flat rectangular plate with a fixing hole at each end. The tube drops into the socket, is set to the angle you need within that range and is locked with two grub screws. Use it for raking braces, leaning posts and angled struts in tube frames. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use, and is meant for light loads only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-base-angle-fixing-30-45-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp base angle fixing, 125mm hole centres, 70mm wide and 165mm long plate, tube leaning 30 to 45 degrees\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a base angle fixing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn angled tube from a flat base.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard base flange holds a post upright. This one holds the tube leaning over, so a brace or strut can start at floor level without cutting, bending or welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the angle on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube can sit anywhere from 30° to 45° off vertical in the socket, so the same fitting suits braces of different lengths and heights. Tighten the two grub screws once the angle is right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple to fix down.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 14mm holes, one at each end of the plate, take M12 anchors or bolts into concrete, timber or steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron in yards, on roofs and around sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaking braces to stiffen guard rail and barrier posts, angled struts under shelving and frames, leaning supports for signs, screens and canopies, and display, stage and workshop frames built from 42.4mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne base angle fixing with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase angle fixing, raked socket on a flat plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30° to 45° off vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 14mm, for M12 anchors or bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.15 to 1.23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the tube leans, the fixing holes are not in line with the load it carries. The fitting is meant for light loads, or for structures that are held up by the rest of their design, such as a brace in a frame that is already standing. Do not use it as the only support of a guard rail or for heavy loads. No load rating is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm base goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube leaning 30° to 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis base angle fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube leaning 11° to 29°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-angle-base-fixing-11-29\"\u003eBase angle fixing 11-29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-6\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop of a brace meeting a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdjustable short tee 30-60°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for posts and braces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each leaning tube that starts at the floor. A run of guard rail with a raking brace at each end post needs two; a frame braced on all four corners needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm scaffold tube. For shallower braces, closer to upright, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-angle-base-fixing-11-29\"\u003e11° to 29° version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate position, drill and fix it down with two M12 anchors or bolts suited to the surface. Cut the tube square and deburr the end, push it fully into the socket, set the angle and tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws and fixings after the first week and once a year. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one base angle fixing with two grub screws, with a minimum order of 5. Anchors and bolts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the tube stand upright in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The socket holds the tube between 30° and 45° off vertical. For an upright post use an oval base flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it carry a guard rail on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is meant for light loads and braces in a frame that is already supported. Guard rail posts need upright base flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57959399391619,"sku":"SSHF-106371-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-base-angle-fixing-30-45-42-4mm-sign-strut.jpg?v=1794121270"},{"product_id":"premium-90-degree-elbow-swivel-connection","title":"Key Clamp 90 Degree Elbow with Swivel for 42.4mm Tube, Stair to Landing Rail, Galvanised, Size C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 90° elbow with swivel caps the top of a post and joins a level rail and a sloping stair rail to it, at whatever angle the stair sets.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post pushes up into the elbow and ends there. The level rail pushes into the fixed socket, and the stair rail pushes into the swivel socket on the other side, which turns on a riveted hinge to follow the pitch of the stairs. Each tube is locked by its own grub screw. It is the usual fitting at the end post where a staircase top rail meets a level section. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-with-swivel-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp 90 degree elbow with swivel, 60mm from the post to the end of the level socket, 50mm to the hinge and a 70mm swivel socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an elbow with swivel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat corner at the end post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post, the level rail and the stair rail all finish inside one fitting, so there are no open tube ends at the top of the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny stair pitch.\u003c\/strong\u003e The swivel follows the angle of the stair, so you do not need to order to an exact pitch or cut angled joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key and can be adjusted on site before the screws are tightened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on external stairs, fire escapes and plant platforms in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the end post where stair handrails and guard rails meet level landings on external steel stairs, fire escapes, mezzanine and platform stairs and plant access stairs, and as a corner brace between a sloping and a level rail on any 42.4mm tube frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 90° elbow with swivel, riveted, with grub screws fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° elbow with swivel connection, post ends inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), post and both rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to end of the level socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: post centre to the hinge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: hinge to end of the swivel socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron, steel rivet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.08 to 1.44 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTubes cannot be joined within this fitting: the post and both rails end in their sockets, so it is for the top of an end post, not part way down. No load rating is published, so for a stair or landing rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm stair fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair rail and level rail meeting at the top of an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 90° elbow with swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair rail and level rail meeting at a post that carries on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-short-tee-swivel-connection\"\u003eShort tee with swivel\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrace at any angle to a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp-2\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStair rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdjustable short tee 30-60°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at the top of each end post where a stair rail meets a level rail. A stair rail on both sides of a flight needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore, the usual size for handrails. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-swivel-connection-1\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the end post to height and push the elbow onto it. Push the level rail into the fixed socket and the stair rail into the swivel socket, swing the swivel to the stair pitch, then tighten all grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one elbow with swivel, riveted and ready to fit, with its grub screws. There is no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the swivel go up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt turns on the hinge to follow the stair, up or down from the level rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the post carry on above it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The post ends inside the elbow. If the post must carry on, use the short tee with swivel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full stair rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57959178109315,"sku":"SSHF-171907-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-with-swivel-42-4mm-external-steps.jpg?v=1794121960"},{"product_id":"premium-angle-base-fixing-11-29","title":"Key Clamp Base Angle Fixing 11-29 Degrees, 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe base angle fixing holds a 42.4mm tube leaning between 11° and 29° off vertical, bolted down to a flat floor, slab or deck.\u003c\/strong\u003e The socket is cast at a rake on a flat rectangular plate with a fixing hole at each end. The tube drops into the socket, is set to the angle you need within that range and is locked with two grub screws. Use it for raking braces, leaning posts and angled struts in tube frames. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use, and is meant for light loads only. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-base-angle-fixing-11-29-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp base angle fixing, 115mm hole centres, 70mm wide and 155mm long plate, tube leaning 11 to 29 degrees\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a base angle fixing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn angled tube from a flat base.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard base flange holds a post upright. This one holds the tube leaning over, so a brace or strut can start at floor level without cutting, bending or welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the angle on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tube can sit anywhere from 11° to 29° off vertical in the socket, so the same fitting suits braces of different lengths and heights. Tighten the two grub screws once the angle is right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple to fix down.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 14mm holes, one at each end of the plate, take M12 anchors or bolts into concrete, timber or steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron in yards, on roofs and around sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaking braces to stiffen guard rail and barrier posts, angled struts under shelving and frames, leaning supports for signs, screens and canopies, and display, stage and workshop frames built from 42.4mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne base angle fixing with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase angle fixing, raked socket on a flat plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29° off vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 14mm, for M12 anchors or bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.10 to 1.15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the tube leans, the fixing holes are not in line with the load it carries. The fitting is meant for light loads, or for structures that are held up by the rest of their design, such as a brace in a frame that is already standing. Do not use it as the only support of a guard rail or for heavy loads. No load rating is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm base goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube leaning 11° to 29°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis base angle fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube leaning 30° to 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-angle-base-fixing-30-45\"\u003eBase angle fixing 30-45°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-6\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for posts and braces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each leaning tube that starts at the floor. A run of guard rail with a raking brace at each end post needs two; a frame braced on all four corners needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm scaffold tube. For steeper braces, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-angle-base-fixing-30-45\"\u003e30° to 45° version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate position, drill and fix it down with two M12 anchors or bolts suited to the surface. Cut the tube square and deburr the end, push it fully into the socket, set the angle and tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws and fixings after the first week and once a year. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one base angle fixing with two grub screws, with a minimum order of 5. Anchors and bolts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the tube stand upright in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The socket holds the tube between 11° and 29° off vertical. For an upright post use an oval base flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it carry a guard rail on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is meant for light loads and braces in a frame that is already supported. Guard rail posts need upright base flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57958992904579,"sku":"SSHF-270211-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-base-angle-fixing-11-29-42-4mm-decking-brace.jpg?v=1794121306"},{"product_id":"open-wall-flange-for-33-7mm-tube-pair","title":"Key Clamp Open Wall Flange Pair for 33.7mm Tube, Lift-Out Rail Bracket, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pair of open wall flanges that carry a 33.7mm tube between two walls, so the tube can be lifted out whenever you need it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flange has a round plate that screws to the wall and an open U shaped cradle on the front. The tube drops into the cradles from above and one grub screw on each flange locks it, or leave the screws loose so the rail lifts straight out. They are the usual way to hang clothes rails and to fit a removable bar across an opening. They are malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one pair (two flanges), with a minimum order of 7 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-open-wall-flange-33-7mm-pair-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 33.7mm key clamp open wall flange, 85mm plate, three 6mm holes on a 65mm circle and 36mm deep\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use open wall flanges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tube lifts out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cradle is open at the top, so a rail can be taken down for cleaning, loading or access, then dropped back in. A closed wall flange cannot do this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit between fixed walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e With closed flanges the tube has to be threaded in as you fix them. Here both flanges go on the wall first and the tube drops in afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree fixings each.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three holes spread the load across the 85mm plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for indoors or out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating suits shops, utility rooms, workshops and outdoor stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClothes and garment rails between two walls in shops, wardrobes and utility rooms, removable bars across openings and alcoves, roller and reel rails in workshops, and the ends of two part hanging systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair (two flanges), each with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 7 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen wall flange: round plate with an open U cradle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 6mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing circle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne each, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.34 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cradle is open at the top, so it holds the tube from below. Fit it with the opening facing up and do not use it where the tube is pulled upwards or sideways, such as a guard rail or a handrail people lean on. For those, use a closed wall flange. No load rating is published; for a heavy load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the wall fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm fitting do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail that lifts out between two walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis open wall flange pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube fixed permanently to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-wall-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStop a fitting sliding along a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eLocking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for the rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne pair for each rail. For a long rail, add a support in the middle so the tube does not sag under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this flange will not hold 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube securely. The same pair is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/open-wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube-pair\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-open-wall-flange-for-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the height on both walls so the rail sits level. Fix each flange with three screws or bolts up to 6mm, with plugs to suit the wall and the opening facing up. Cut the tube to fit between the flanges, drop it into the cradles and tighten the grub screws with a 1\/4\" hex key if the rail is to stay put. Check the screws once a year. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange or a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe price is for one pair, which is two flanges with their grub screws. The minimum order is 7 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use three screws or bolts up to 6mm per flange, to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rail be taken out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the grub screws, or leave them untightened, and the tube lifts up out of the open cradles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for a handrail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cradle is open at the top and is not for a rail people lean on or pull. Use a closed wall flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 7 or more pairs online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57958754779523,"sku":"SSHF-401283-01","price":8.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-open-wall-flange-33-7mm-pair-1.jpg?v=1794135637"},{"product_id":"open-wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube-pair","title":"Key Clamp Open Wall Flange Pair for 42.4mm Tube, Lift-Out Rail Bracket, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pair of open wall flanges that carry a 42.4mm tube between two walls, so the tube can be lifted out whenever you need it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flange has a round plate that screws to the wall and an open U shaped cradle on the front. The tube drops into the cradles from above and one grub screw on each flange locks it, or leave the screws loose so the rail lifts straight out. They are the usual way to hang clothes rails and to fit a removable bar across an opening. They are malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one pair (two flanges), with a minimum order of 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-open-wall-flange-42-4mm-pair-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp open wall flange, 100mm plate, three 8mm holes on a 75mm circle and 40mm deep\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use open wall flanges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tube lifts out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cradle is open at the top, so a rail can be taken down for cleaning, loading or access, then dropped back in. A closed wall flange cannot do this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit between fixed walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e With closed flanges the tube has to be threaded in as you fix them. Here both flanges go on the wall first and the tube drops in afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree fixings each.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three holes spread the load across the 100mm plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for indoors or out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating suits shops, utility rooms, workshops and outdoor stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClothes and garment rails between two walls in shops, wardrobes and utility rooms, removable bars across openings and alcoves, roller and reel rails in workshops, and the ends of two part hanging systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair (two flanges), each with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 5 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen wall flange: round plate with an open U cradle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 8mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing circle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne each, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.52 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cradle is open at the top, so it holds the tube from below. Fit it with the opening facing up and do not use it where the tube is pulled upwards or sideways, such as a guard rail or a handrail people lean on. For those, use a closed wall flange. No load rating is published; for a heavy load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the wall fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm fitting do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail that lifts out between two walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis open wall flange pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube fixed permanently to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStop a fitting sliding along a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-slide-over-locking-ring-key-clamp\"\u003eLocking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for the rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne pair for each rail. For a long rail, add a support in the middle so the tube does not sag under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this flange will not hold 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube securely. The same pair is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/open-wall-flange-for-33-7mm-tube-pair\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-open-wall-flange-for-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the height on both walls so the rail sits level. Fix each flange with three screws or bolts up to 8mm, with plugs to suit the wall and the opening facing up. Cut the tube to fit between the flanges, drop it into the cradles and tighten the grub screws with a 5\/16\" hex key if the rail is to stay put. Check the screws once a year. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange or a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe price is for one pair, which is two flanges with their grub screws. The minimum order is 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use three screws or bolts up to 8mm per flange, to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rail be taken out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the grub screws, or leave them untightened, and the tube lifts up out of the open cradles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for a handrail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cradle is open at the top and is not for a rail people lean on or pull. Use a closed wall flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more pairs online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57958526124419,"sku":"SSHF-794499-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-open-wall-flange-42-4mm-pair-1.jpg?v=1794135919"},{"product_id":"premium-open-wall-flange-for-48-3mm-tube","title":"Key Clamp Open Wall Flange Pair for 48.3mm Tube, Lift-Out Rail Bracket, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA pair of open wall flanges that carry a 48.3mm tube between two walls, so the tube can be lifted out whenever you need it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flange has a round plate that screws to the wall and an open U shaped cradle on the front. The tube drops into the cradles from above and one grub screw on each flange locks it, or leave the screws loose so the rail lifts straight out. They are the usual way to hang clothes rails and to fit a removable bar across an opening. They are malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one pair (two flanges), with a minimum order of 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-open-wall-flange-48-3mm-pair-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp open wall flange, 110mm plate, three 8mm holes on an 85mm circle and 44mm deep\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use open wall flanges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tube lifts out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cradle is open at the top, so a rail can be taken down for cleaning, loading or access, then dropped back in. A closed wall flange cannot do this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit between fixed walls.\u003c\/strong\u003e With closed flanges the tube has to be threaded in as you fix them. Here both flanges go on the wall first and the tube drops in afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree fixings each.\u003c\/strong\u003e Three holes spread the load across the 110mm plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for indoors or out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating suits shops, utility rooms, workshops and outdoor stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClothes and garment rails between two walls in shops, wardrobes and utility rooms, removable bars across openings and alcoves, roller and reel rails in workshops, and the ends of two part hanging systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair (two flanges), each with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 5 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen wall flange: round plate with an open U cradle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 8mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing circle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne each, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.66 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cradle is open at the top, so it holds the tube from below. Fit it with the opening facing up and do not use it where the tube is pulled upwards or sideways, such as a guard rail or a handrail people lean on. For those, use a closed wall flange. No load rating is published; for a heavy load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the wall fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm fitting do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail that lifts out between two walls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis open wall flange pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube fixed permanently to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStop a fitting sliding along a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-1\"\u003eLocking ring\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for the rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne pair for each rail. For a long rail, add a support in the middle so the tube does not sag under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this flange will not hold 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube securely. The same pair is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/open-wall-flange-for-33-7mm-tube-pair\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/open-wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube-pair\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the height on both walls so the rail sits level. Fix each flange with three screws or bolts up to 8mm, with plugs to suit the wall and the opening facing up. Cut the tube to fit between the flanges, drop it into the cradles and tighten the grub screws with a 5\/16\" hex key if the rail is to stay put. Check the screws once a year. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange or a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe price is for one pair, which is two flanges with their grub screws. The minimum order is 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use three screws or bolts up to 8mm per flange, to suit your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rail be taken out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the grub screws, or leave them untightened, and the tube lifts up out of the open cradles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for a handrail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cradle is open at the top and is not for a rail people lean on or pull. Use a closed wall flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more pairs online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57958349209987,"sku":"SSHF-827267-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-open-wall-flange-48-3mm-pair-1.jpg?v=1794136151"},{"product_id":"kick-plate-sign-panel-clamp","title":"Key Clamp Sign Panel and Kick Plate Clamp for 48.3mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA galvanised clamp that fixes a rectangular or square sign panel, or a kick plate, to a 48.3mm post without drilling the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring slides onto the post and locks at any height with one grub screw. The panel locates against the flat wings on each side, in the stepped lips along the edge, and a second grub screw in the wing tightens against it. Use one clamp near the top of a panel and one near the bottom. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one clamp, with a minimum order of 7.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sign-panel-kick-plate-clamp-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp sign panel and kick plate clamp, 135mm long and 25mm deep\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a panel clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The galvanising on the post stays intact, because the clamp grips round the tube with a grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the height on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slide the clamp to the height you want and tighten the screw. Loosen it to move or change the panel later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWide support.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 135mm wings give the panel a broad seat either side of the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating suits car parks, yards and footpaths in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSign panels on tube posts in car parks, yards, depots and sites, notice boards, kick plates and infill panels fixed to the uprights of guard rails, and any flat panel that needs to sit on a 48.3mm post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne clamp with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSign panel and kick plate clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: lip step\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: wing height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis clamp is sized for 48.3mm tube only. Check the edge of your panel against the dimension drawing before ordering. It is not a structural fixing; a large sign in an exposed place needs its post and fixings checked for wind load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNormally two clamps on each post that carries the panel, one near the top and one near the bottom. A sign on a single post needs two; a wide sign across two posts needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a post base, use a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e. For the post itself, use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube\u003c\/a\u003e. To stop a clamp sliding down a post under load, add a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-locking-ring-key-clamp-1\"\u003e48.3mm locking ring\u003c\/a\u003e underneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the clamps onto the post from the top end before fitting anything that blocks it. Offer up the panel, set the height, and tighten the post screw and panel screw with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clamp?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one clamp with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 7.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many do I need for one sign?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsually two per post, one near the top of the panel and one near the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a smaller post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 48.3mm outside diameter tube only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 7 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full sign or kick plate job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57958141788547,"sku":"SSHF-023875-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-sign-panel-kick-plate-clamp-48-3mm-1.jpg?v=1794136498"},{"product_id":"premium-hook-clip-for-33-7mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Hook Clip for 33.7mm Tube, Lift-Off Chain Hook for Posts, Indoor, Size B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA black hook clip that clamps onto 33.7mm tube and gives you an open hook to hang the end of a chain on, so the chain lifts off whenever you need to get through.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring slides over the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any height. A curled hook is cast on the side of the ring, opening upwards and parallel to the tube, so a chain link drops on and lifts off in one movement. Use it on posts either side of a doorway, stair top, bar counter or staff area to close the gap with a chain. The black electrophoretic finish matches black key clamp tube for indoor work. The price shown is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-hook-clip-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 33.7mm key clamp hook clip, 24mm ring width and the hook 34mm from the tube centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fitters use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA chain that opens in a second.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the end link off the hook to open the gap, drop it back to close it. No clips or shackles to undo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits on the post you already have.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the tube, so there is no drilling or welding, and the height can be changed later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack to match black frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits black tube posts and guardrails in bars, cafés, shops and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and tidy.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook sits close to the post, so it does not snag people walking past.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChains across staff-only areas, bar and counter gaps, cloakroom and storeroom doorways, queue lines, the tops of ladders and stairs to mezzanines, and access gaps in indoor guardrails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hook clip, minimum order 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRing width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34mm from the tube centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, curling upwards, parallel to the tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hex socket screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook clips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne chain across a gap, lift-off at one end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, plus a fixed point at the other end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne chain across a gap, lift-off at both ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo chains, high and low\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chain is not included. Choose a chain with links big enough to sit over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same black fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-hook-clip-for-26-9mm-tube\"\u003e26.9mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube. For outdoor use, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-hook-clip-for-33-7mm-tube-1\"\u003egalvanised 33.7mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the clip onto the post, set the height and turn the hook to face the gap, then tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Fit a matching clip or a fixed eye on the post opposite and hang the chain between them. Wipe clean with a damp cloth and touch up chips with black paint. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hook clip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 15.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the chain included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The clip only. Use a chain with links that drop easily over the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan tubes be joined in it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tube passes through the ring; it does not join two tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The black electrophoretic finish is for indoor use. Use galvanised fittings outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 15 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full fit-out or mixed fittings, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57957684314499,"sku":"SSHF-376259-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-hook-clip-33-7mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794133890"},{"product_id":"premium-swivel-connector-male-33-7mm-tube","title":"Black Key Clamp Male Swivel Part for 33.7mm Tube, Electrophoretic, Indoor, Size B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the male half of the black key clamp swivel: a ring that clamps on a 33.7mm post with one flat lug that a bracket or an infill panel is bolted or riveted to.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through the ring and one grub screw locks it at any height. The lug has a single hole for a rivet or bolt, so what is fixed to it can pivot. It is a simple, neat way to fix mesh, sheet or board infill to a post. It is malleable cast iron with a black electrophoretic coat, a smooth dark finish for interiors, and is for indoor use only. The price shown is for one part, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-male-swivel-part-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the black 33.7mm key clamp male swivel part, 44mm from the tube centre to the lug hole and 39mm ring height\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixing infill panels.\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesh panels, sheet guards and boards with a tab or strap can be bolted straight to the lug, at any height on the post, without drilling the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat black finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black coat matches black tube and other black key clamps, so the fixing looks like part of the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring fits with a hex key; only a rivet or bolt is needed at the lug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh and sheet infill on indoor partitions and display frames, sign and board mounting on black tube posts, and adjustable frames built from black 33.7mm tube in shops, cafés and offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne male swivel part with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMale swivel part: through ring with one lug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B), tube passes through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: tube centre to lug hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: ring height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: lug thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack electrophoretic coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRivet or bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.24 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors only\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrophoretic coat is a thin, even paint layer that looks smart but does not protect the iron outdoors. Do not use this part outside or in wet areas, where it will rust. For outdoor work choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-connector-4\"\u003egalvanised 33.7mm male swivel part\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLimits to know before you buy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis part is not designed to take lateral loads: the lug holds a panel or a swivel, not a sideways push. Tubes cannot be joined inside the ring. No load rating is published; where a rail must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich swivel part do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne infill or panel lug on a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis male part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete single swivel, ready assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne male part for each panel fixing on a post. A mesh panel fixed top and bottom to each post needs two per post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this part will not grip 32mm or 42.4mm tube. For a ready-made joint in black, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003e33.7mm single swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the ring onto the post, set the height and the direction of the lug, and tighten the grub screw with a 1\/4\" hex key. Fit the panel tab or bracket over the lug, line up the holes and fit a rivet or a bolt with a locking nut. Check the joint after the first week and once a year, and touch up chips with black paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one male swivel part with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. Rivets and bolts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this a complete swivel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the post half only. For a ready-made joint, buy the complete single swivel socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix a mesh panel to it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt the panel's tab or strap through the lug hole. Use one at the top and one at the bottom of each post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The electrophoretic coat is for indoor use only and the part will rust outdoors. Use the galvanised male swivel part outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57957601575299,"sku":"SSHF-588675-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/black-key-clamp-male-swivel-part-33-7mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794136589"},{"product_id":"swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-yellow","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Swivel Angle Wall Flange for 48.3mm Tube, RAL 1023, Indoor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe yellow swivel angle wall flange fixes the end of a sloping 48.3mm tube to a wall, at whatever angle the stair or ramp sets.\u003c\/strong\u003e A flat plate screws to the wall through two 11mm holes. A hinged socket on a bolt swings about 85° up or down from the horizontal, and the tube end pushes into the socket and is locked with a brass-coated grub screw. It is the fitting for the wall end of a raked handrail or sloping brace on yellow safety rails. It is malleable cast iron with a gloss traffic yellow powder coat (RAL 1023), best used indoors. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-swivel-angle-wall-flange-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 48.3mm key clamp swivel angle wall flange, 112mm from the wall to the socket end on a 112 x 52mm plate with two 11mm holes at 85mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a swivel angle wall flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny slope at the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A fixed wall flange only holds a tube square to the wall. The hinge lets a stair or ramp rail meet the wall at its true pitch, with no bending or angled cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat, closed end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end sits inside the socket, so there is no open tube end at the wall and no sharp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two screws or anchors through the plate, one bolt for the hinge and one grub screw for the tube. The angle can be reset by loosening the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the building.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow matches yellow safety tube and the other yellow key clamps, so the whole rail stands out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wall end of stair and ramp handrails inside factories, warehouses and plant rooms, sloping braces and stays from walls, and angled rails on mezzanine stairs, loading docks under cover and access platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne swivel angle wall flange with grub screw and hinge bolt, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwivel travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 85° up or down from the horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: hinge bolt to socket end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB x E: plate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 x 52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: wall to socket end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 11mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, brass-coated, hex socket, 3\/8\" BSP, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.88 to 0.96 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a wall fitting for angled rails. It must never be used as an angled base fitting to stand a guardrail post on the floor, and it is not designed to take lateral loads. The powder coat is made for indoor use: outdoors, the brass-coated screw, bolt and threads will rust unless painted with matching RAL 1023 yellow after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm swivel wall flange?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow (this one)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-visibility safety rails indoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting\"\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor and wet areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the post end of the same sloping rail, use a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003eyellow 48.3mm single swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e, and for rails along the wall a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eyellow 48.3mm wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each point where a sloping tube meets a wall. A stair handrail fixed to the wall at the bottom and to a post at the top needs one swivel wall flange and one swivel socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this flange will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. The same yellow flange is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-2\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-1\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate position, drill and fix it to sound wall with two screws or anchors to suit the wall. Push the tube fully into the socket, set the angle, then tighten the hinge bolt and the grub screw. Check the bolt and screw after the first week and once a year, and touch up any chips with RAL 1023 yellow paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one swivel wall flange with its bolt and grub screw. The minimum order is 5. Wall fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a sloping base on the floor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for walls only and must never be used as an angled base fitting for guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used indoors. Outdoors, paint the screw, bolt and threads to stop rust, or choose the galvanised version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published, and it is not designed for lateral loads. For a rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the wall fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954876293507,"sku":"SSHF-745603-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-swivel-angle-wall-flange-48-3mm-wall-fixing.jpg?v=1794084140"},{"product_id":"premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-1","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Swivel Angle Wall Flange for 42.4mm Tube, RAL 1023, Indoor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe yellow swivel angle wall flange fixes the end of a sloping 42.4mm tube to a wall, at whatever angle the stair or ramp sets.\u003c\/strong\u003e A flat plate screws to the wall through two 11mm holes. A hinged socket on a bolt swings about 85° up or down from the horizontal, and the tube end pushes into the socket and is locked with a brass-coated grub screw. It is the fitting for the wall end of a raked handrail or sloping brace on yellow safety rails. It is malleable cast iron with a gloss traffic yellow powder coat (RAL 1023), best used indoors. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-swivel-angle-wall-flange-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 42.4mm key clamp swivel angle wall flange, 102mm from the wall to the socket end on a 112 x 52mm plate with two 11mm holes at 85mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a swivel angle wall flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny slope at the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A fixed wall flange only holds a tube square to the wall. The hinge lets a stair or ramp rail meet the wall at its true pitch, with no bending or angled cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat, closed end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end sits inside the socket, so there is no open tube end at the wall and no sharp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two screws or anchors through the plate, one bolt for the hinge and one grub screw for the tube. The angle can be reset by loosening the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the building.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow matches yellow safety tube and the other yellow key clamps, so the whole rail stands out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wall end of stair and ramp handrails inside factories, warehouses and plant rooms, sloping braces and stays from walls, and angled rails on mezzanine stairs, loading docks under cover and access platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne swivel angle wall flange with grub screw and hinge bolt, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwivel travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 85° up or down from the horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: hinge bolt to socket end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB x E: plate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 x 52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: wall to socket end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 11mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, brass-coated, hex socket, 3\/8\" BSP, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a wall fitting for angled rails. It must never be used as an angled base fitting to stand a guardrail post on the floor, and it is not designed to take lateral loads. The powder coat is made for indoor use: outdoors, the brass-coated screw, bolt and threads will rust unless painted with matching RAL 1023 yellow after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm swivel wall flange?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow (this one)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-visibility safety rails indoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-swivel-angle-wall-flange\"\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor and wet areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails on show indoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the post end of the same sloping rail, use a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-key-clamp-1\"\u003eyellow 42.4mm single swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e, and for rails along the wall a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eyellow 42.4mm wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each point where a sloping tube meets a wall. A stair handrail fixed to the wall at the bottom and to a post at the top needs one swivel wall flange and one swivel socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this flange will not grip 40mm or 48.3mm tube. The same yellow flange is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-2\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-yellow\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate position, drill and fix it to sound wall with two screws or anchors to suit the wall. Push the tube fully into the socket, set the angle, then tighten the hinge bolt and the grub screw. Check the bolt and screw after the first week and once a year, and touch up any chips with RAL 1023 yellow paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one swivel wall flange with its bolt and grub screw. The minimum order is 5. Wall fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a sloping base on the floor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for walls only and must never be used as an angled base fitting for guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used indoors. Outdoors, paint the screw, bolt and threads to stop rust, or choose the galvanised version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published, and it is not designed for lateral loads. For a rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the wall fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954860564867,"sku":"SSHF-778371-01","price":16.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-swivel-angle-wall-flange-42-4mm-stair-handrail.jpg?v=1794080920"},{"product_id":"premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-2","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Swivel Angle Wall Flange for 33.7mm Tube, RAL 1023, Indoor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe yellow swivel angle wall flange fixes the end of a sloping 33.7mm tube to a wall, at whatever angle the stair or ramp sets.\u003c\/strong\u003e A flat plate screws to the wall through two 11mm holes. A hinged socket on a bolt swings about 85° up or down from the horizontal, and the tube end pushes into the socket and is locked with a brass-coated grub screw. It is the fitting for the wall end of a raked handrail or sloping brace on yellow safety rails. It is malleable cast iron with a gloss traffic yellow powder coat (RAL 1023), best used indoors. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-swivel-angle-wall-flange-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 33.7mm key clamp swivel angle wall flange, 98mm from the wall to the socket end on a 112 x 52mm plate with two 11mm holes at 85mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a swivel angle wall flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAny slope at the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A fixed wall flange only holds a tube square to the wall. The hinge lets a stair or ramp rail meet the wall at its true pitch, with no bending or angled cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat, closed end.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end sits inside the socket, so there is no open tube end at the wall and no sharp edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple fixing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two screws or anchors through the plate, one bolt for the hinge and one grub screw for the tube. The angle can be reset by loosening the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the building.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow matches yellow safety tube and the other yellow key clamps, so the whole rail stands out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wall end of stair and ramp handrails inside factories, warehouses and plant rooms, sloping braces and stays from walls, and angled rails on mezzanine stairs, loading docks under cover and access platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne swivel angle wall flange with grub screw and hinge bolt, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwivel travel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 85° up or down from the horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: hinge bolt to socket end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB x E: plate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 x 52mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: wall to socket end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 11mm (fixings not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, brass-coated, hex socket, 3\/8\" BSP, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a wall fitting for angled rails. It must never be used as an angled base fitting to stand a guardrail post on the floor, and it is not designed to take lateral loads. The powder coat is made for indoor use: outdoors, the brass-coated screw, bolt and threads will rust unless painted with matching RAL 1023 yellow after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 33.7mm swivel wall flange?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow (this one)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-visibility safety rails indoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-5\"\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor and wet areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the post end of the same sloping rail, use a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eyellow 33.7mm single swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e, and for rails along the wall a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eyellow 33.7mm wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e. The rail itself is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-yellow-steel-tube-33-7mm-x-3-5m\"\u003eyellow 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each point where a sloping tube meets a wall. A stair handrail fixed to the wall at the bottom and to a post at the top needs one swivel wall flange and one swivel socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this flange will not grip 32mm or 42.4mm tube. The same yellow flange is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-1\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-yellow\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the plate position, drill and fix it to sound wall with two screws or anchors to suit the wall. Push the tube fully into the socket, set the angle, then tighten the hinge bolt and the grub screw. Check the bolt and screw after the first week and once a year, and touch up any chips with RAL 1023 yellow paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one swivel wall flange with its bolt and grub screw. The minimum order is 5. Wall fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a sloping base on the floor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for walls only and must never be used as an angled base fitting for guardrail posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used indoors. Outdoors, paint the screw, bolt and threads to stop rust, or choose the galvanised version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published, and it is not designed for lateral loads. For a rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the wall fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954832875907,"sku":"SSHF-909443-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-swivel-angle-wall-flange-33-7mm-on-factory-wall.jpg?v=1794089638"},{"product_id":"wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Wall Flange for 42.4mm Tube, RAL 1023 Powder Coated, Size C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA yellow wall flange ends a tube handrail neatly where it meets a wall, in the colour that tells everyone the rail is there.\u003c\/strong\u003e The end of the rail pushes into a closed socket, one grub screw locks it, and the round plate is fixed flat to the wall with four screws or bolts. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron finished in gloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023, with a brass-coated grub screw. It is made for indoor safety rails in warehouses, factories and plant rooms. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-wall-flange-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 42.4mm key clamp wall flange, a 99mm round plate with four 7.5mm holes on 76mm centres and a socket 51mm deep, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a yellow wall flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow rails and fittings stand out against grey concrete and blockwork, so pedestrians and forklift drivers notice the edge of a walkway, a machine guard or a mezzanine stair long before they reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, finished rail end.\u003c\/strong\u003e Without a flange, a rail either stops short in mid-air or has to be welded to a wall plate. The flange closes off the tube end, carries the rail into the wall and leaves no sharp edge for sleeves and hands to catch on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key and a drill, so you can fit a rail in a working building with no welding, sparks or fire permit, and no damaged coating to repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMalleable, not brittle.\u003c\/strong\u003e Malleable iron bends before it cracks, so a fitting knocked by a trolley tends to deform rather than shatter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarehouse walkway and pedestrian barrier rails ending at a wall, handrails on plant room and mezzanine stairs and landings, rails beside loading bay doors, guards round machinery and battery charging areas, and yellow rails along corridors in factories, depots and covered car parks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne wall flange with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall flange (rail end to a wall)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: plate thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eE: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 7.5mm (screws, plugs and bolts not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow, gloss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, brass-coated, 3\/8\" BSP hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWall flange or base flange?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flange is designed to end a rail at a wall. It can also stand a light, non load-bearing frame on the floor, but it is not recommended as a base plate for a guard rail post or for anything that takes a load. For posts fixed to the floor, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-2\"\u003eyellow 42.4mm oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e. Where the rail meets the wall at an angle, such as on a stair, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-1\"\u003eyellow 42.4mm swivel wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e, which adjusts to the slope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich yellow 42.4mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYellow 42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel rail end fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis wall flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping rail end fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-1\"\u003eSwivel wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-2\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-clamp-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths of rail over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-top-rail-corner-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two tubes end to end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-joint-key-clamp-1\"\u003eStraight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne wall flange for every rail end that meets a wall. A single handrail running between two walls needs two. A two-rail barrier ending at a wall needs one for the top rail and one for the mid rail at that end, so four if it runs wall to wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same yellow fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube. For outdoor use, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp\"\u003egalvanised 42.4mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors or outdoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder coat looks best and lasts longest indoors. The brass-coated grub screw is there for its finished look and will rust outside. If you do fit the flange outdoors, coat the threaded hole and the grub screw with matching RAL 1023 yellow paint once tightened. For an outside rail that needs no upkeep, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the rail end square and deburr it. Hold the flange against the wall at the rail height, mark the four holes and drill them, then fix the plate with screws and plugs to suit the wall, or bolts through. Push the rail fully into the socket, set it level and tighten the grub screw firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Touch up chips with RAL 1023 paint. Check the screw after the first week and once a year after that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one wall flange with its grub screw fitted. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail or a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose screws and plugs, or bolts, to suit the wall. The holes take fixings up to about 7mm; M6 or 6mm screws are the usual choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a base plate for a post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot for a load-bearing post or a guard rail. It is meant to end a rail at a wall. Use the oval base flange for posts fixed to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit scaffold tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Scaffold tube is 48.3mm outside diameter, so it needs the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. Fix it into sound masonry or steel, and for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the whole design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit or a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954442281347,"sku":"SSHF-234819-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-wall-flange-42-4mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794132294"},{"product_id":"premium-wall-flange-33-7mm-tube","title":"Yellow Key Clamp Wall Flange for 33.7mm Tube, RAL 1023 Powder Coated, Size B","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA yellow wall flange ends a tube handrail neatly where it meets a wall, in the colour that tells everyone the rail is there.\u003c\/strong\u003e The end of the rail pushes into a closed socket, one grub screw locks it, and the round plate is fixed flat to the wall with four screws or bolts. It suits 33.7mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron finished in gloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023, with a brass-coated grub screw. It is made for indoor safety rails in warehouses, factories and plant rooms. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-wall-flange-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 33.7mm key clamp wall flange, an 84mm round plate with four 6.5mm holes on 64mm centres and a socket 48mm deep, with a table of all five sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a yellow wall flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow rails and fittings stand out against grey concrete and blockwork, so pedestrians and forklift drivers notice the edge of a walkway, a machine guard or a mezzanine stair long before they reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, finished rail end.\u003c\/strong\u003e Without a flange, a rail either stops short in mid-air or has to be welded to a wall plate. The flange closes off the tube end, carries the rail into the wall and leaves no sharp edge for sleeves and hands to catch on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key and a drill, so you can fit a rail in a working building with no welding, sparks or fire permit, and no damaged coating to repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMalleable, not brittle.\u003c\/strong\u003e Malleable iron bends before it cracks, so a fitting knocked by a trolley tends to deform rather than shatter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarehouse walkway and pedestrian barrier rails ending at a wall, handrails on plant room and mezzanine stairs and landings, rails beside loading bay doors, guards round machinery and battery charging areas, and yellow rails along corridors in factories, depots and covered car parks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne wall flange with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall flange (rail end to a wall)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: plate thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eE: fixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 6.5mm (screws, plugs and bolts not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow, gloss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, brass-coated, 1\/4\" BSP hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWall flange or base flange?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flange is designed to end a rail at a wall. It can also stand a light, non load-bearing frame on the floor, but it is not recommended as a base plate for a guard rail post or for anything that takes a load. For posts fixed to the floor, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-3\"\u003eyellow 33.7mm oval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e. Where the rail meets the wall at an angle, such as on a stair, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-2\"\u003eyellow 33.7mm swivel wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e, which adjusts to the slope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich yellow 33.7mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYellow 33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLevel rail end fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis wall flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping rail end fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-swivel-angle-wall-flange-fitting-2\"\u003eSwivel wall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-3\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-connector-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e90° elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two lengths of rail over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-corner-key-clamp-for-33-7mm-tube\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoining two tubes end to end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-joint-key-clamp-2\"\u003eStraight joint\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne wall flange for every rail end that meets a wall. A single handrail running between two walls needs two. A two-rail barrier ending at a wall needs one for the top rail and one for the mid rail at that end, so four if it runs wall to wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same yellow fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube. For outdoor use, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-wall-flange-key-clamp\"\u003egalvanised 33.7mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors or outdoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder coat looks best and lasts longest indoors. The brass-coated grub screw is there for its finished look and will rust outside. If you do fit the flange outdoors, coat the threaded hole and the grub screw with matching RAL 1023 yellow paint once tightened. For an outside rail that needs no upkeep, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the rail end square and deburr it. Hold the flange against the wall at the rail height, mark the four holes and drill them, then fix the plate with screws and plugs to suit the wall, or bolts through. Push the rail fully into the socket, set it level and tighten the grub screw firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Touch up chips with RAL 1023 paint. Check the screw after the first week and once a year after that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one wall flange with its grub screw fitted. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail or a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose screws and plugs, or bolts, to suit the wall. The holes take fixings up to about 6mm; M6 or 6mm screws are the usual choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a base plate for a post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot for a load-bearing post or a guard rail. It is meant to end a rail at a wall. Use the oval base flange for posts fixed to the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit scaffold tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Scaffold tube is 48.3mm outside diameter, so it needs the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. Fix it into sound masonry or steel, and for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the whole design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit or a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954313240963,"sku":"SSHF-300355-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-wall-flange-33-7mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794132198"},{"product_id":"premium-90-degree-elbow-clamp-48-3mm-tube","title":"Yellow Key Clamp 90 Degree Elbow for 48.3mm Tube, RAL 1023 Powder Coated, Size D","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe yellow 90° elbow turns a safety rail down into its end post, giving a rounded corner with no tube end showing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end pushes into one closed socket and the top of the post into the other, and a grub screw locks each one. It is the usual fitting at the end posts of a yellow tube handrail or guard rail, and makes a clean 90° bend in any frame. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron finished in gloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023, with brass-coated grub screws, for high-visibility safety rails indoors. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 48.3mm key clamp 90 degree elbow, 68mm from each socket end to the centre line of the other tube\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a 90° elbow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA finished end to the rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The elbow turns the top rail straight down into the end post, so there is no open tube end and no sharp edge for hands and clothes to catch on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA rounded outer corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e The smooth curve on the outside of the elbow is comfortable under the hand and looks deliberate on a yellow safety rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo screws, no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each tube is held by its own grub screw. The frame can be built with a hex key, adjusted and taken apart again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow rails and fittings stand out against grey floors and racking, marking walkways, machine guards and edges for pedestrians and forklift drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnd posts of yellow pedestrian barriers and walkway rails, machine guards, mezzanine and platform edge rails, loading bay rails under cover, and the top corners of yellow tube safety frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 90° elbow with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-way 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D), both tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: socket end to centre line of the other tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow, gloss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, brass-coated, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.81 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors or outdoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder coat looks best and lasts longest indoors. The brass-coated grub screws are there for their finished look and will rust outside. If you do fit it outdoors, coat the threaded holes and grub screws with matching RAL 1023 yellow paint once tightened. For outdoor rails that need no upkeep, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich yellow 48.3mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYellow 48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail turning down into an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-for-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-corner-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/oval-base-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-flange-key-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne elbow at each end post where the top rail stops. A straight rail between two end posts needs two; a rectangular display frame needs one at each top corner where there are no side rails, usually four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. The same yellow fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-connector-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-clamp-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube. For outdoor use, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-key-clamp-1\"\u003egalvanised 48.3mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the post and rail ends square and deburr them. Push each tube fully into its socket, square up the corner and tighten both grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating; touch up chips with RAL 1023 yellow paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one elbow with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail kit, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used indoors. Outside, the screws and threads need painting to stop rust. For outdoor rails with no upkeep, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rail pass through the elbow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both sockets are closed, so each tube ends inside the fitting. Use a short tee where the rail carries on past the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954191245699,"sku":"SSHF-759107-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-48-3mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794135582"},{"product_id":"premium-90-degree-elbow-clamp-42-4mm-tube","title":"Yellow Key Clamp 90 Degree Elbow for 42.4mm Tube, RAL 1023 Powder Coated, Size C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe yellow 90° elbow turns a safety rail down into its end post, giving a rounded corner with no tube end showing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail end pushes into one closed socket and the top of the post into the other, and a grub screw locks each one. It is the usual fitting at the end posts of a yellow tube handrail or guard rail, and makes a clean 90° bend in any frame. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron finished in gloss traffic yellow powder coat, RAL 1023, with brass-coated grub screws, for high-visibility safety rails indoors. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the yellow 42.4mm key clamp 90 degree elbow, 60mm from each socket end to the centre line of the other tube\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a 90° elbow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA finished end to the rail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The elbow turns the top rail straight down into the end post, so there is no open tube end and no sharp edge for hands and clothes to catch on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA rounded outer corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e The smooth curve on the outside of the elbow is comfortable under the hand and looks deliberate on a yellow safety rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo screws, no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each tube is held by its own grub screw. The frame can be built with a hex key, adjusted and taken apart again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeen from across the floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e Traffic yellow rails and fittings stand out against grey floors and racking, marking walkways, machine guards and edges for pedestrians and forklift drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnd posts of yellow pedestrian barriers and walkway rails, machine guards, mezzanine and platform edge rails, loading bay rails under cover, and the top corners of yellow tube safety frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 90° elbow with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-way 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), both tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: socket end to centre line of the other tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow powder coat, RAL 1023 traffic yellow, gloss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, brass-coated, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors (see outdoor note below)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndoors or outdoors?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder coat looks best and lasts longest indoors. The brass-coated grub screws are there for their finished look and will rust outside. If you do fit it outdoors, coat the threaded holes and grub screws with matching RAL 1023 yellow paint once tightened. For outdoor rails that need no upkeep, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich yellow 42.4mm fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYellow 42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail turning down into an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 90° elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo rail lengths joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-tee-key-clamp-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eLong tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rails at a corner post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-top-rail-corner-key-clamp-yellow\"\u003eThree way top corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail at an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-cross-key-clamp-1\"\u003eFour way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-2\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/wall-flange-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eWall flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne elbow at each end post where the top rail stops. A straight rail between two end posts needs two; a rectangular display frame needs one at each top corner where there are no side rails, usually four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same yellow fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-connector-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-clamp-48-3mm-tube\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube. For outdoor use, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-90-degree-elbow-joint-42-4mm-tube\"\u003egalvanised 42.4mm version\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the post and rail ends square and deburr them. Push each tube fully into its socket, square up the corner and tighten both grub screws with a hex key. Take care not to scratch the coating; touch up chips with RAL 1023 yellow paint. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Check the screws after the first week and once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one elbow with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a full rail kit, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best used indoors. Outside, the screws and threads need painting to stop rust. For outdoor rails with no upkeep, choose galvanised fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rail pass through the elbow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both sockets are closed, so each tube ends inside the fitting. Use a short tee where the rail carries on past the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full yellow rail kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57954172666243,"sku":"SSHF-152323-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/yellow-key-clamp-90-degree-elbow-42-4mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794135482"},{"product_id":"premium-parallel-hook-clip-42-4mm-tube","title":"Key Clamp Parallel Hook Clip for 42.4mm Tube, Chain and Net Hook, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA galvanised hook clip for 42.4mm tube with the hook cast in line with the ring, so it curls round beside the tube at 90° to its length.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring slides onto the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any point along it. A chain link, a rope or the edge cord of a net drops into the open hook and lifts out again by hand. It suits a post or a rail, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-parallel-hook-clip-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the galvanised 42.4mm key clamp parallel hook clip, 64mm from the tube centre to the outside of the hook, with a table of all three sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a parallel hook clip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe hook lies flat round the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the hook is in the same plane as the ring, it sits tight against the tube instead of standing proud of it, and a chain or cord pulls across the tube rather than along it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to hook and unhook.\u003c\/strong\u003e Chains across gaps and the cords of sports and safety nets can be lifted off for access and dropped back in seconds, with no shackles or ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits the frame you already have.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the tube with a hex key, so there is no drilling or welding, and the hook can be moved later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on sports grounds, yards, farms and building sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHolding sports, ball-stop and cricket nets on tube frames, hooking netting and debris screens to scaffold-style frames, chains across yard, car park and loading bay openings, animal pen and gate chains, and hanging lightweight signs, cables and hoses from tube rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne parallel hook clip with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, in the plane of the ring, at 90° to the tube direction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: tube centre to the outside of the hook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: hook opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: hook thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: ring width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChain or net\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook opening is 9mm, so it takes light chain, rope and net cord, not heavy lifting chain. It is a locating hook, not a lifting point: do not hang loads from it or use it to restrain people or vehicles. No load rating is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eParallel or standard hook clip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook curling round beside the tube, chain or net pulling across it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis parallel hook clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook standing up from the side of a post, for a chain across a gateway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-hook-clip-for-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eStandard hook clip\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a chain across an opening, one at each end of the chain, or one on the far post if the near end is fixed. For a net, space them evenly along each tube the net is hooked to, closer together where the wind will catch it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this clip will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same hook clip is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-parallel-hook-clip-33-7mm-tube\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the clip onto the tube before the end is closed by another fitting, turn the hook to face the chain or net, and tighten the grub screw firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screw once a year and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one hook clip with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a frame that is already built?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly where you can reach an open tube end, because the ring slides on. Where both ends are closed, loosen and slide off the end fitting first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill a chain fall out of the hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hook is open so the chain can be lifted out by hand. Where a chain must stay put, use a shackle or a closed eye instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944533795203,"sku":"SSHF-957379-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-parallel-hook-clip-42-4mm-loading-bay-chain.jpg?v=1794130390"},{"product_id":"premium-parallel-hook-clip-33-7mm-tube","title":"Key Clamp Parallel Hook Clip for 33.7mm Tube, Chain and Net Hook, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA galvanised hook clip for 33.7mm tube with the hook cast in line with the ring, so it curls round beside the tube at 90° to its length.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring slides onto the tube and locks with one hex socket grub screw at any point along it. A chain link, a rope or the edge cord of a net drops into the open hook and lifts out again by hand. It suits a post or a rail, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one hook clip, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-parallel-hook-clip-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the galvanised 33.7mm key clamp parallel hook clip, 59mm from the tube centre to the outside of the hook, with a table of all three sizes\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a parallel hook clip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe hook lies flat round the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the hook is in the same plane as the ring, it sits tight against the tube instead of standing proud of it, and a chain or cord pulls across the tube rather than along it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to hook and unhook.\u003c\/strong\u003e Chains across gaps and the cords of sports and safety nets can be lifted off for access and dropped back in seconds, with no shackles or ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits the frame you already have.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring clamps round the tube with a hex key, so there is no drilling or welding, and the hook can be moved later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on sports grounds, yards, farms and building sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHolding sports, ball-stop and cricket nets on tube frames, hooking netting and debris screens to scaffold-style frames, chains across yard, car park and loading bay openings, animal pen and gate chains, and hanging lightweight signs, cables and hoses from tube rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne parallel hook clip with its grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm outside diameter (size B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen, in the plane of the ring, at 90° to the tube direction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: tube centre to the outside of the hook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: hook opening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: hook thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: ring width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, 1\/4\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 1\/4\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChain or net\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.19 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook opening is 9mm, so it takes light chain, rope and net cord, not heavy lifting chain. It is a locating hook, not a lifting point: do not hang loads from it or use it to restrain people or vehicles. No load rating is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eParallel or standard hook clip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e33.7mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook curling round beside the tube, chain or net pulling across it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis parallel hook clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook standing up from the side of a post, for a chain across a gateway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-hook-clip-for-33-7mm-tube-1\"\u003eStandard hook clip\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a chain across an opening, one at each end of the chain, or one on the far post if the near end is fixed. For a net, space them evenly along each tube the net is hooked to, closer together where the wind will catch it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 33.7mm tube is often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube before ordering: this clip will not grip 26.9mm or 42.4mm tube. The same hook clip is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-parallel-hook-clip-42-4mm-tube\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the clip onto the tube before the end is closed by another fitting, turn the hook to face the chain or net, and tighten the grub screw firmly with a 1\/4\" hex key. Check the screw once a year and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one clip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one hook clip with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it to a frame that is already built?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly where you can reach an open tube end, because the ring slides on. Where both ends are closed, loosen and slide off the end fitting first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill a chain fall out of the hook?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hook is open so the chain can be lifted out by hand. Where a chain must stay put, use a shackle or a closed eye instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57944506139011,"sku":"SSHF-022915-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-parallel-hook-clip-33-7mm-sports-net-frame.jpg?v=1794130347"},{"product_id":"add-on-3-way-side-outlet-tee","title":"Key Clamp Add-On Three Way Side Outlet Tee for 48.3mm Tube, Fits an Existing Upright, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe add-on three way side outlet tee lets you add three rails to an upright that is already up, without taking the frame apart.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring is made in two parts: the body goes round the upright and a cap slides on from the side to close it, so it fits anywhere along a post with no need to reach a tube end. Three sockets around the ring, left, right and to the front, take rail ends at 90°, each locked by its own grub screw. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube, the same size as scaffold tube, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-three-way-side-outlet-tee-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp add-on three way side outlet tee, 180mm wide, 130mm deep and 85mm high, with the upright through the ring\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an add-on side outlet tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtend a frame that is already built.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard side outlet tee has to be threaded on from the end of the upright. This one goes round the post wherever you need it, so a stall, rack or barrier can be extended or braced without dismantling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree rails in one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rails run left and right in line and a third rail leaves at 90° to the front, all at the same height, so new bays tie in square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe upright carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post passes straight through the ring, so it can continue above and below for further levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on market stalls, yards and sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding bays to market stalls and display frames, extending scaffold-tube storage racks, tying new rails into existing barriers and guard rails, adding shelves or cross members to frames in working buildings, and repairs where a fitting must go on mid-way along an upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne add-on side outlet tee (body and cap) with grub screws fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-on three way side outlet tee, upright through the ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D), upright and all three rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: body height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the side socket screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, 3\/8\" BSP, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three rails end inside their sockets and do not pass through. The upright cannot be joined inside the ring. Made for 48.3mm tube only. No load rating is published, so for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm add-on fitting do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree rails added to an existing upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis add-on side outlet tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne rail at 90° added to an existing upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-1\"\u003eAdd-on short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 45° brace added to an existing upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-45-degree-short-tee-connector\"\u003eAdd-on 45° short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA rail crossing an existing one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/offset-crossover-joint-90\"\u003eAdd-on offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSame joint on a new frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-3-way-side-outlet-tee-1\"\u003eStandard side outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for the rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each level of every upright where three rails meet. Adding one bay to the side of an existing two-level stall frame usually needs two on each shared upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the cap. Offer the body up to the upright at the height you want, slide the cap on from the side to close the ring and tighten its screw. Push each rail fully into its socket, square the frame and tighten all grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete add-on side outlet tee, body and cap, with its grub screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to take the frame apart to fit it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The split ring goes round an upright that is already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the rails pass through it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each rail ends in its own socket. Only the upright passes through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a frame extension or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57939592774019,"sku":"SSHF-995587-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-three-way-side-outlet-tee-48-3mm-market-stall.jpg?v=1794089265"},{"product_id":"premium-45-degree-short-tee-connector","title":"Key Clamp Add-On 45° Short Tee for 48.3mm Tube, Fits an Existing Upright, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe add-on 45° short tee fits onto an upright that is already in place and takes a tube at 45°, so you can add a brace or strut to a 48.3mm frame without taking anything apart.\u003c\/strong\u003e The barrel is made in two parts: the body goes round the upright and a cap slides on from the side to close it, so it fits anywhere along a post with no need to reach a tube end. The angled tube pushes into the socket, which is fixed at 45° downwards, and two grub screws lock everything. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-45-degree-short-tee-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp add-on 45 degree short tee, 65mm barrel, 95mm overall height, 105mm over the wings and 140mm overall length\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an add-on 45° tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo dismantling.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard tee has to be threaded on from the end of a tube. The split barrel of this fitting goes round the upright wherever you need it, so a brace can be added to a frame that is already built, loaded or bolted down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA true 45° brace.\u003c\/strong\u003e The socket is cast at a fixed 45°, the classic angle for diagonal bracing, so every brace sits at the same angle without measuring or setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStiffer frames.\u003c\/strong\u003e Diagonal braces stop a frame racking sideways. Adding them with this fitting is the quickest way to firm up a frame that moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron in yards, docks and sites in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiagonal braces on 48.3mm tube frames, struts under canopies and shelters, supports for signs and screens, bracing on scaffold-tube racks, stands and platforms, and stays added to existing posts and goalposts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne add-on 45° short tee (body and cap) with grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-on short tee, socket at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D), upright and angled tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: width over the wings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket, 3\/8\" BSP, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe socket angle is fixed at 45° and cannot be adjusted. The angled tube ends inside the socket and does not pass through. Only made for 48.3mm tube. No load rating is published, so for a structure that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm fitting for an angled tube?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 45° brace added to an existing upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis add-on 45° short tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 90° rail added to an existing upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-1\"\u003eAdd-on short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn angle anywhere from 30° to 60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdjustable short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAny angle, for bracing and infill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel at both ends of a brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-swivel-socket-connector\"\u003eDouble swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for the brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at the top of each brace where it meets an upright. If the lower end of the brace also meets an upright, fit a second one there facing the other way; if it meets the ground, use a base fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the body against the upright at the height you want, slide the cap on from the side to close the barrel round the post, and tighten its grub screw. Push the brace tube fully into the socket and tighten the second grub screw with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete add-on 45° tee, body and cap, with its grub screws. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to take the frame apart to fit it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The split barrel goes round an upright that is already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the angle be changed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The socket is fixed at 45°. For other angles, use an adjustable short tee or a swivel fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a bracing job or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57939532284291,"sku":"SSHF-093891-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-45-degree-short-tee-48-3mm-brace.jpg?v=1794086311"},{"product_id":"premium-swivel-connector-for-48-3mm-tube","title":"Key Clamp Add-On Male Swivel Part for 48.3mm Tube, Fits Round an Existing Post, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe add-on male swivel part puts a pivoting lug on a 48.3mm post that is already up, without taking anything apart.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ring splits in two, closes round the existing post and is locked by a grub screw at any height. A flat lug with one hole stands out from the ring: a female swivel part, a bracket or an infill panel is riveted or bolted to it, and can pivot on that single fixing. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-male-swivel-part-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp add-on male swivel part, 55mm from the post centre to the lug hole, 102mm over the wings and 65mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an add-on male swivel part\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo dismantling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The standard male swivel part has to slide over the top of the post. The add-on version opens up, so it goes onto a post that is already capped, fixed in a base or joined to rails above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAngles the standard fittings cannot make.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a female swivel part riveted to the lug, the joint turns either side of straight, so a sloping rail can meet a post at the angle a ramp, stair or bank needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat fixing for infill.\u003c\/strong\u003e Mesh, sheet and boards with a tab or strap can be bolted straight to the lug, at any height on the post, without drilling the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHex key fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e No welding, drilling or hot work. The fitting can be loosened, moved and re-tightened if the layout changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised malleable iron.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects it outdoors, and malleable iron bends before it cracks if the frame takes a knock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding a sloping handrail to existing posts on ramps and steps, fixing mesh or sheet infill to a fence or guard that is already built, mounting signs and boards on posts, adding stays and braces to frames, and repairs where one damaged swivel must be replaced without stripping the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne two-part add-on male swivel part with its grub screw, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-on male swivel part: split ring with one lug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D), post passes through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: post centre to lug hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height over the split ring wings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: ring length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRivet or bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lug holds a swivel or a panel, not a sideways push, so do not use it as the only support for a guard rail that must resist people leaning on it. Tubes cannot be joined inside the ring. No load rating is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm swivel part?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLug on a post that is already up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis add-on male swivel part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLug on a new post, fitted before assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-male-swivel-connector-48-3mm\"\u003eStandard male swivel part\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail end half of the swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-female-swivel-connector-48-3mm\"\u003eFemale swivel part\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete single swivel, ready assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-swivel-socket-key-clamp\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each point where a swivel or panel fixes to a post. A sloping rail between two existing posts needs two, each paired with a female swivel part on the rail end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure the existing post before ordering: this fitting will not close properly on 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. The female part on the rail must also be the 48.3mm size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate the two parts of the ring, place them round the existing post and slide the cap along its hooked wings until the halves line up. Set the height and turn the lug to face the rail or panel, then rivet or bolt the mating part to the lug. Tighten every grub screw firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete two-part fitting with its grub screw. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the female part included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the post half only. The female swivel part, and the rivet or bolt that joins the two, are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the post down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what it is for. The ring opens and closes round the post where it stands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a frame or barrier that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use, such as yards, farms and car parks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57939216630147,"sku":"SSHF-454339-01","price":15.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-male-swivel-part-48-3mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794137815"},{"product_id":"offset-crossover-joint-90","title":"Key Clamp Add-On Offset Crossover for 48.3mm Tube, 90° Fits Over an Existing Rail, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe add-on offset crossover lets you fix a new tube across a rail that is already up, without taking anything apart.\u003c\/strong\u003e One barrel splits in two, hooks round the existing rail and is closed with a grub screw. The new tube slides through the second, closed barrel and is locked by its own grub screw, so the two tubes cross at 90° side by side. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-offset-crossover-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp add-on offset crossover, closed barrel 65mm long, split barrel 64mm long and 102mm over the wings, 120mm wide overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an add-on crossover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo dismantling.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard crossover has to be slid onto the end of a tube before the frame goes together. The add-on version opens up, so it goes onto the middle of a rail that is already fixed at both ends. You can add a post, a brace or an extra rail to a finished barrier or frame in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTubes cross, not join.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two tubes pass each other side by side, so neither needs cutting where they meet. Long rails stay in one length and the new tube can sit at any point along them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHex key fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two grub screws, one tool, no welding, drilling or hot work. The fitting can be loosened, slid along and re-tightened if the layout changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised malleable iron.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects it outdoors, and malleable iron bends before it cracks if the frame takes a knock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding posts, sign holders or gate stops to existing guard rails, bracing a frame that has started to rack, adding a shelf or hanging rail to a built storage rack, fixing extra rails to livestock pens and gates, extending stage, stall and display frames, and repairs where one damaged fitting must be replaced without stripping the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne two-part add-on offset crossover with two grub screws, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-on offset crossover, 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D), both tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: closed barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height over the split barrel wings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: split barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAdd-on, standard or clamp-on?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSituation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdding a tube across a rail that is already fixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis add-on offset crossover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew frame, tubes crossing side by side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-offset-crossover-joint-93\"\u003eStandard offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e (lower cost, slides on before assembly)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdding a post under a rail already fixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-tee-key-clamp-1\"\u003eAdd-on short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne fitting for every point where the new tube crosses an existing one. A new upright added to a two-rail barrier crosses both rails, so it needs two. A brace across three shelf rails needs three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdd-on crossovers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra post on a two-rail barrier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSign post on a single rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrace across a three-shelf rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure the existing rail before ordering: this fitting will not close properly on 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. Both tubes must be 48.3mm. For 42.4mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-offset-crossover-joint-90\"\u003e42.4mm add-on offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate the two parts of the split barrel, place them round the existing rail and slide the cap along its hooked wings until the halves line up. Fit the grub screw finger tight. Slide the new tube through the closed barrel, set both tubes where you want them, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete two-part fitting with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the rail down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what it is for. The split barrel opens and closes round the rail where it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the tubes touch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tubes pass side by side at 90°, each in its own barrel. They do not run into each other, so neither tube needs cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a frame or barrier that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use, such as yards, farms and car parks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57939112526211,"sku":"SSHF-519875-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-offset-crossover-48-3mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794137814"},{"product_id":"premium-offset-crossover-joint-90","title":"Key Clamp Add-On Offset Crossover for 42.4mm Tube, 90° Fits Over an Existing Rail, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe add-on offset crossover lets you fix a new tube across a rail that is already up, without taking anything apart.\u003c\/strong\u003e One barrel splits in two, hooks round the existing rail and is closed with a grub screw. The new tube slides through the second, closed barrel and is locked by its own grub screw, so the two tubes cross at 90° side by side. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-offset-crossover-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp add-on offset crossover, closed barrel 60mm long, split barrel 60mm long and 90mm over the wings, 110mm wide overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an add-on crossover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo dismantling.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard crossover has to be slid onto the end of a tube before the frame goes together. The add-on version opens up, so it goes onto the middle of a rail that is already fixed at both ends. You can add a post, a brace or an extra rail to a finished barrier or frame in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTubes cross, not join.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two tubes pass each other side by side, so neither needs cutting where they meet. Long rails stay in one length and the new tube can sit at any point along them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHex key fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two grub screws, one tool, no welding, drilling or hot work. The fitting can be loosened, slid along and re-tightened if the layout changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised malleable iron.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects it outdoors, and malleable iron bends before it cracks if the frame takes a knock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding posts, sign holders or gate stops to existing guard rails, bracing a frame that has started to rack, adding a shelf or hanging rail to a built storage rack, fixing extra rails to livestock pens and gates, extending stage, stall and display frames, and repairs where one damaged fitting must be replaced without stripping the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne two-part add-on offset crossover with two grub screws, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-on offset crossover, 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), both tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: closed barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: height over the split barrel wings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: split barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.0 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAdd-on, standard or clamp-on?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSituation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdding a tube across a rail that is already fixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis add-on offset crossover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew frame, tubes crossing side by side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-offset-crossover-joint-90\"\u003eStandard offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e (lower cost, slides on before assembly)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubes crossing on the same centre line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-crossover-joiner-90-degree-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eClamp-on crossover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdding a post under a rail already fixed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-add-on-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdd-on short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne fitting for every point where the new tube crosses an existing one. A new upright added to a two-rail barrier crosses both rails, so it needs two. A brace across three shelf rails needs three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrossings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdd-on crossovers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra post on a two-rail barrier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSign post on a single rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrace across a three-shelf rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure the existing rail before ordering: this fitting will not close properly on 40mm or 48.3mm tube. Both tubes must be 42.4mm. For scaffold-size 48.3mm tube, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/offset-crossover-joint-90\"\u003e48.3mm add-on offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate the two parts of the split barrel, place them round the existing rail and slide the cap along its hooked wings until the halves line up. Fit the grub screw finger tight. Slide the new tube through the closed barrel, set both tubes where you want them, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one complete two-part fitting with both grub screws. The minimum order is 5. For a larger quantity, call us for a price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without taking the rail down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what it is for. The split barrel opens and closes round the rail where it is.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the tubes touch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tubes pass side by side at 90°, each in its own barrel. They do not run into each other, so neither tube needs cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published for this fitting. For a frame or barrier that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use, such as yards, farms and car parks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a larger job, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57939010978179,"sku":"SSHF-585411-01","price":15.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-add-on-offset-crossover-42-4mm-added-post-warehouse-rail.jpg?v=1794047812"},{"product_id":"premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-1","title":"Square Key Clamp Single Lugged Bracket for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe square key clamp single lugged bracket clamps onto a square tube and provides a single lug, typically used to fix boards or panels to the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket slides onto the tube and is locked with a hex socket grub screw; the lug takes a bolt or screw through the board or panel. It suits 25 x 25mm square box section and is galvanised mild steel for indoor and outdoor use, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square key clamp single lugged bracket for 25 x 25mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp single lugged bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e Boards, signs, mesh and panels can be fixed to the frame without drilling the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the steel in yards, gardens and outdoor frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare section handrails and balustrades, shop fitting and display frames, benches, tables and workstations, shelving and storage frames, garden and outdoor structures, and any frame built from 25 x 25mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp single lugged bracket with grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 25 x 25mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25 x 25mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed to one side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis single lugged bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed either side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-section\"\u003eDouble lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain or rope hooked across an opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-hook-square-key-clamp\"\u003eStraight hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain held alongside a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-square-key-clamp\"\u003eSide hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-fixing-square-key-clamp\"\u003eSwivel wall fixing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/footplate-base-square-key-clamp\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 25 x 25mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section\"\u003e40 x 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a double sided version made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double lugged bracket has a lug on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57936928735619,"sku":"SSHF-155971-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794137810"},{"product_id":"premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-section","title":"Square Key Clamp Double Lugged Bracket for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe square double lugged bracket fixes a board, panel or sign to 25 x 25mm box section, with a fixing hole above and below the frame member.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square collar slides onto the box section and locks with one grub screw. Behind it, a flat plate runs out on both sides with a 10mm hole near each end, so the board is screwed or bolted to the plate at two points. It is the neat way to hang boards, mesh, signs and shelves on a box section frame without drilling the steel. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one bracket, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square 25mm double lugged bracket, 116mm plate with two 10mm holes at 85mm centres and 31mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a double lugged bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drilling the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e The collar clamps round the box section, so the steel keeps its finish and the bracket can be moved up or down until the board sits right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fixing points.\u003c\/strong\u003e A hole above and below the frame member holds a board firmly, without the twist you get from a single fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare collar, no spinning.\u003c\/strong\u003e Box section cannot turn in a square collar, so the plate stays flat to the board once the screw is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on garden centre stands, market stalls and signs outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplay boards and price boards on garden centre and shop stands, signs on box section posts, timber or ply backs on workbench and shelving frames, mesh and sheet infill on box frames, and noticeboards on stall and exhibition frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne double lugged bracket with grub screw fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e116mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: fixing hole diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, hex socket (screw and key size not published for this size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBoard fixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bracket do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing above and below the frame member\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis double lugged bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne fixing to one side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-1\"\u003e25mm single lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack finish for indoor frames on show\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm\"\u003eBlack 25mm double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier 40 x 40mm box frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section\"\u003e40mm double lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo build the frame itself, the square 25mm range includes the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003eshort tee\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-top-corner-key-clamp\"\u003etop corner\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-key-clamp\"\u003emid corner\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-rectangular-base-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003erectangular base\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo brackets per board on each upright it spans is usual: one near the top and one near the bottom. A board across two uprights normally needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This bracket suits 25 x 25mm box only: measure across one face. It will not grip round tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the bracket onto the box section with the plate facing the board, set the height and tighten the grub screw with a hex key. Hold the board in place and fix it through both holes with screws or bolts to suit the board (not included). Check the screw and fixings after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one bracket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one bracket with its grub screw. The minimum order is 10. Board fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill the box section?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The collar clamps on with one grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a load rating published?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo load rating is published. For heavy boards or shelving, ask an engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57936792158595,"sku":"SSHF-532227-01","price":3.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-workshop.jpg?v=1794082356"},{"product_id":"professional-3-way-side-outlet-tee","title":"Square Key Clamp Three Way Side Outlet Tee for 25 x 25mm Box Section, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis square side outlet tee ties a 25mm box upright to three rails at once, for light racks, stalls, display stands and frames with rails in more than one direction.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes straight through a square hole in the middle, and three square sockets take rails from the left, the right and the front, all at 90°. Four grub screws lock the upright and the three rails, with no welding or drilling. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish, made for 25 x 25mm square box section. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-three-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 25 x 25mm square three way side outlet tee, 87mm across the side sockets and 42mm from the upright to the end of the front socket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square side outlet tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree rails, one fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a rack or stall has rails running along and across it, this replaces two or three separate clamps on the same upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe upright carries on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upright passes through, so it can continue up to the next level or down to a footplate without being cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSquare and rigid.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box cannot turn in its socket the way round tube can, and the sockets are cast at right angles, so frames come out square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hot work.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything goes together with a hex key, and frames can be altered later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShelving and racking frames, market stalls and display stands, staging and workbench frames, garden structures and pergolas in square box, and enclosures with rails on three sides of a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side outlet tee with four grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree way side outlet tee, upright passes through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 x 25mm square box section, upright and all three rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: upright centre to end of front socket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: across the two side sockets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: overall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, hex socket (size not published for this line)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.40 to 0.43 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 25mm square fitting goes where\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright with rails left, right and front\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis side outlet tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright with a rail passing straight through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-four-way-cross-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square four way cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright with rails in all four directions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003e25mm square centre cross\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails at a corner, upright carrying on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/three-way-mid-corner-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square three way mid corner\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail on top of an upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-25mm\"\u003e25mm square short tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright to the floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/footplate-base-square-key-clamp\"\u003e25mm square footplate base\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne wherever an upright has rails going three ways at the same height. On a rack with a back rail and shelf rails running forward, that is each middle upright along the back, at every shelf level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide outlet tees\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-bay rack, 3 back uprights, 3 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-bay rack, 4 back uprights, 3 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay stand, 3 back uprights, 2 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. This one suits 25 x 25mm box; measure across the flats before ordering. For heavier frames in 40 x 40mm box, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3-way-side-outlet-tee-square-key-clamp\"\u003e40mm square side outlet tee\u003c\/a\u003e, and for the box itself, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-box-section-25x25mm\"\u003e25 x 25mm galvanised box section\u003c\/a\u003e. The sockets are closed, so rails cannot be joined inside the fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fitting onto the upright before fitting anything above it. Set the height, push each rail fully into its socket, check the frame is square and level, then tighten all four grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check them after the first week on loaded racks. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one side outlet tee with all four grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 25 x 25mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the upright stop inside the fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if it reaches past the upright's grub screw. It is designed to pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use on stalls, garden frames and yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57936686383491,"sku":"SSHF-793219-01","price":10.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-three-way-side-outlet-tee-25mm-workshop-shelving.jpg?v=1794091356"},{"product_id":"single-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section","title":"Square Key Clamp Single Lugged Bracket for 40 x 40mm Box Section, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe square key clamp single lugged bracket clamps onto a square tube and provides a single lug, typically used to fix boards or panels to the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket slides onto the tube and is locked with a hex socket grub screw; the lug takes a bolt or screw through the board or panel. It suits 40 x 40mm square box section and is galvanised mild steel for indoor and outdoor use, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square key clamp single lugged bracket for 40 x 40mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp single lugged bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFix panels to the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e Boards, signs, mesh and panels can be fixed to the frame without drilling the tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the steel in yards, gardens and outdoor frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare section handrails and balustrades, shop fitting and display frames, benches, tables and workstations, shelving and storage frames, garden and outdoor structures, and any frame built from 40 x 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp single lugged bracket with grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 40 x 40mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 40 x 40mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed to one side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis single lugged bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed either side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section\"\u003eDouble lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain or rope hooked across an opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003eStraight hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain held alongside a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003eSide hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-square-key-clamp-40mm\"\u003eSwivel wall fixing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo lengths joined end to end, flush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-internal-square-key-clamp-connector\"\u003eInternal connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-for-40mm-box-section\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-key-clamp-footplate-base\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 40 x 40mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-single-lugged-bracket-25mm-1\"\u003e25 x 25mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a double sided version made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double lugged bracket has a lug on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 40 x 40mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57936011297155,"sku":"SSHF-676803-01","price":6.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-single-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794137728"},{"product_id":"premium-double-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section","title":"Square Key Clamp Double Lugged Bracket for 40 x 40mm Box Section, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe square key clamp double lugged bracket clamps onto a square tube and provides a lug on each side, typically used to fix boards or panels to the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket slides onto the tube and is locked with a hex socket grub screw; the lugs take bolts or screws through the board or panel. It suits 40 x 40mm square box section and is galvanised mild steel for indoor and outdoor use, so square tube frames can be built without welding. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the square key clamp double lugged bracket for 40 x 40mm box section\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a square key clamp double lugged bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePanels both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A lug either side lets two boards or panels meet at the tube, or one panel be fixed securely across it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square box section frames go together with a hex key and can be taken apart, altered or extended later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e Square section suits architectural handrails, shop fitting, display frames and furniture where a round tube would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the steel in yards, gardens and outdoor frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare section handrails and balustrades, shop fitting and display frames, benches, tables and workstations, shelving and storage frames, garden and outdoor structures, and any frame built from 40 x 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne square key clamp double lugged bracket with grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits box section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket; screw size not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLetters refer to the dimension drawing above. Dimensions are for guide only and may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 40 x 40mm square box section only; it will not grip round tube or other square sizes. No load rating is published; for a frame that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 40 x 40mm square fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed to one side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-section\"\u003eSingle lugged bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel fixed either side of a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis double lugged bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain or rope hooked across an opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-straight-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003eStraight hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain held alongside a tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-side-hook-square-key-clamp-1\"\u003eSide hook\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled tube fixed to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swivel-square-key-clamp-40mm\"\u003eSwivel wall fixing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo lengths joined end to end, flush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-internal-square-key-clamp-connector\"\u003eInternal connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over an intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/short-tee-square-key-clamp-for-40mm-box-section\"\u003eShort tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost or rail end fixed to a wall or floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-square-key-clamp-footplate-base\"\u003eFootplate base (wall flange)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at each joint of this type. Sketch the frame, mark each joint and count the fittings for each type before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSquare key clamps are sized by the outside of the box section. Measure across the flats of your tube: this fitting suits 40 x 40mm. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-double-lugged-bracket-25mm-box-section\"\u003e25 x 25mm\u003c\/a\u003e box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the box section square and deburr the ends. Slide or push the tubes into the fitting, set the frame square and tighten the grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one fitting with its grub screws fitted, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a single sided version made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the single lugged bracket has one lug for fixing on one side only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for 40 x 40mm square box section only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57935984230787,"sku":"SSHF-906179-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/square-key-clamp-double-lugged-bracket-40mm-box-in-use.jpg?v=1794137727"},{"product_id":"professional-long-slope-tee-connector","title":"Key Clamp Long Slope Tee 11-29 Degrees, 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe long slope tee joins a sloping rail to a vertical post on a ramp, stair or steep bank where the rail runs at 11° to 29°, and lets two lengths of rail meet inside it over the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail runs through the long barrel, held by a grub screw near each end, so a joint between two rail lengths can sit inside the fitting. The post pushes into the angled socket below and is locked by a third screw, so the post stays plumb while the rail follows the slope. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-long-slope-tee-11-29-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp long slope tee 11 to 29 degrees, barrel 164mm long and 58mm high, post socket below\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a long slope tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoin rails where they meet a post.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tube comes in set lengths, so on a long sloping run the rail has to be joined somewhere. The long barrel lets two lengths butt together inside the fitting, each held by its own screw, so the joint is hidden and carried by the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor steeper slopes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The socket is shaped for rails at 11° to 29°, which covers steep ramps, banks and many stairs. For gentler slopes use the 0° to 11° version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with the other slope fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Used with the short slope tee and the 4 way slope cross, it builds two and three rail guard rails on sloping ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, stairs and banks in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop rails of handrails and guard rails on steep access ramps, external steps and stairs, guard rails on banks and embankments, sloping walkways and gantries, and any tube frame where a rail must run at 11° to 29° and be joined over a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne long slope tee with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong slope tee 11° to 29°: rail through the long barrel, post into the socket below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: centre to end of the barrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82mm (barrel 164mm long)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: barrel height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: body depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD and E: screw positions from the centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm and 60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29° to the level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.91 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fitting suits rails between 11° and 29° only; outside that range use the 0° to 11° fittings or adjustable fittings. The post ends in the socket below and cannot pass through. No load rating is published; for a stair or ramp guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm slope fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, rails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis long slope tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, rail over a post, no joint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-11-29\"\u003eShort slope tee, 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, middle rail through a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-1\"\u003e4 way slope cross, 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11°, rails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eSloping tee, 0° to 11°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne on the top rail at each post where two rail lengths meet. On posts where the rail runs over without a joint, the short slope tee is enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore, the usual size for handrails. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same long slope tee is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-long-slope-tee-11-29-degree\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the posts plumb and cut them to height. Push the fitting onto the post, feed the rail lengths into the barrel from each end so they meet in the middle, set the rail to the slope and tighten all three grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one long slope tee with its three grub screws. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan two rails be joined inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two rail ends meet inside the long barrel, each held by its own screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat angle does it suit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eRails sloping at 11° to 29° to the level. For gentler slopes use the 0° to 11° sloping tee.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full sloping guard rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57886242537859,"sku":"SSHF-289859-01","price":16.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-long-slope-tee-11-29-42-4mm-external-steps.jpg?v=1794122884"},{"product_id":"premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-1","title":"Key Clamp 4 Way Slope Cross 11-29 Degrees, 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 4 way slope cross carries a sloping middle or lower rail through a vertical post on a ramp, stair or steep bank where the rail runs at 11° to 29°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail runs through the long barrel, held by a grub screw near each end, and the post passes straight through the angled bore in the middle, held by a third screw. The post stays plumb while the rail follows the slope, and both carry on through the fitting. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-4-way-slope-cross-11-29-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp 4 way slope cross 11 to 29 degrees, barrel 162mm long and 60mm high, post through the centre\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a 4 way slope cross\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiddle rails on sloping guard rails.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a two or three rail guard rail, the lower rails pass the posts part way up. This fitting lets the sloping rail and the post both run on through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor steeper slopes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bore is shaped for rails at 11° to 29°, which covers steep ramps, banks and many stairs. For gentler slopes use the 0° to 11° version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with the other slope fittings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Used with the short or long slope tee on the top rail, it completes a sloping guard rail with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, stairs and banks in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiddle and lower rails of guard rails on steep access ramps, external steps and stairs, banks and embankments, sloping walkways and gantries, and any tube frame where a rail at 11° to 29° must pass through a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 4 way slope cross with three grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 way slope cross 11° to 29°: rail through the barrel, post through the centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: centre to end of the barrel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81mm (barrel 162mm long)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: barrel height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: body depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: screw spacing from the centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29° to the level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.88 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fitting suits rails between 11° and 29° only; outside that range use the 0° to 11° fittings or adjustable fittings. Tubes cannot be joined inside it: the rail and the post each pass straight through. No load rating is published; for a stair or ramp guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm slope fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, middle rail through a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 4 way slope cross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, top rail over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-11-29\"\u003eShort slope tee, 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, top rails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-long-slope-tee-connector\"\u003eLong slope tee, 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11°, middle rail through a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-3\"\u003e4 way slope cross, 0° to 11°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for each middle or lower rail at each intermediate post. A two rail guard rail on a ramp with five posts needs three or five, depending on whether the end posts take the rail through or stop it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore, the usual size for handrails. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same 4 way slope cross is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-2\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fittings onto the posts before the posts are fixed or capped, set the posts plumb, then feed the rail through the barrels and set it to the slope. Tighten all three grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one 4 way slope cross with its three grub screws. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the rail and post both pass through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rail runs through the barrel and the post through the centre, so both carry on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat angle does it suit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eRails sloping at 11° to 29° to the level. For gentler slopes use the 0° to 11° slope cross.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full sloping guard rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57886227202435,"sku":"SSHF-403971-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-4-way-slope-cross-11-29-42-4mm-footpath.jpg?v=1794122957"},{"product_id":"premium-short-slope-tee-11-29","title":"Key Clamp Short Slope Tee 11-29° for 42.4mm Tube, Stair and Ramp Rails, Galvanised, Size C","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe short slope tee joins a sloping top rail to a vertical post where the rail runs at 11° to 29°, on stairs, steep ramps and banks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail passes straight through the short top barrel, which is cast at an angle, and is held by one grub screw. The post pushes into the flared socket below and is held by a second. Because the socket is flared, one fitting covers the whole range from 11° to 29°, so it suits most external stairs and steep paths without ordering to an exact angle. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube, the usual size for handrails and guard rails, and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-short-slope-tee-11-29-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp short slope tee, 68mm angled barrel, socket 38mm and 62mm high on its two sides, 110mm overall height\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a short slope tee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for steeper slopes.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard tee holds the rail square to the post. This one is cast for rails between 11° and 29°, the range of most external steps, steep ramps and banks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRail runs over the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rail passes straight through the barrel, so one continuous length runs over each intermediate post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact.\u003c\/strong\u003e The short barrel keeps the joint neat on handrails where a long tee would look bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding or bending.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut the tube square, push it in and tighten two screws with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on stairs, banks and site access routes in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrails and guard rails on external stairs and steps, steep ramps and footpaths, guard rails running down banks and embankments, access routes on construction sites, and sloping rails at loading docks and plant areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne short slope tee with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort slope tee, rail through the top, post into the bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), rail and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29° (18° range in the flared socket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: barrel length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: socket height, low side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: socket height, high side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.60 to 0.62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rail must pass through in one piece: two rail ends cannot be joined inside the top of this tee. For a joint in the rail over a post, use a long slope tee. Below 11°, use a 0° to 11° fitting; above 29°, a 30° to 45° stair fitting. No load rating is published, so for a rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm slope fitting?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRail slope or job\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, rail over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis short slope tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11° to 29°, middle rail through a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-slope-cross-piece-1\"\u003e4 way slope cross, 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11°, short tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11-degree-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eShort slope tee, 0° to 11°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11°, long tee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eSloping tee, 0° to 11°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30° to 45°, stairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-up-tee-30-45-degrees\"\u003eSloping up tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at the top of each intermediate post on the slope. A stair handrail on three posts needs one for the middle post, with end fittings at the top and bottom. A two-rail guard rail also needs a 4 way slope cross on each intermediate post for the middle rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the tube: this fitting will not grip 40mm or 48.3mm tube. The same short slope tee is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-short-slope-tee-11-29\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the posts vertical first. Slide the tees onto the rail, lower the rail onto the posts so each post enters its socket, set the slope and tighten the post screws, then the rail screws, firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year, and touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one short slope tee with its two grub screws. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat slope do my stairs have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost external steps are between 25° and 40°. Measure the rise and going: if the angle is above 29°, use a 30° to 45° stair fitting instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan two rail lengths meet inside it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The rail must pass straight through. Join rails with a long slope tee or a straight joint away from the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full stair or bank rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57886190633347,"sku":"SSHF-961027-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-short-slope-tee-11-29-42-4mm-stair-handrail.jpg?v=1794091933"},{"product_id":"variable-acute-elbow-40-70","title":"Key Clamp Variable Acute Elbow 40-70 Degrees, 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe variable acute elbow joins the sloping top rail of a stair to the upright at the top of the flight, at any angle from 40° to 70° between the rail and the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post pushes up into the socket below and the rail end pushes into the raked socket on top; the rail socket is shaped so the rail can be set anywhere in that range before the two grub screws are tightened. It gives a neat, closed corner where the stair rail meets its end post, with no cutting of angles on site. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-variable-acute-elbow-40-70-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp variable acute elbow, A 120mm overall height and B 90mm, rail set 40 to 70 degrees to the post\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a variable acute elbow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the top of a stair.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a sloping handrail or guard rail reaches the top post, it meets the post at a sharp angle. A fixed 90° elbow cannot take it; this one can, across the range most stairs need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e Real stairs are rarely an exact pitch. Push the rail in, let it find its angle between 40° and 70°, then lock both screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosed and tidy.\u003c\/strong\u003e The top of the post is capped by the fitting and the rail end is hidden in its socket, so there are no open tube ends or sharp edges at the top of the stair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on external stairs, fire escapes and steps in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop rails of external steel stairs and fire escapes, handrails to mezzanine and platform stairs, access stairs to plant and roofs, guard rails on steep banks and stepped paths, and any frame where a raking tube meets an upright at its top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne variable acute elbow with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable acute elbow, rail 40° to 70° to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C), post and rail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: base of the post socket to the rail socket centre line\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.90 to 0.91 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe post and the rail both end inside the fitting, so it is for the top of a post, not part way down. It suits rail angles of 40° to 70° to the post; outside that range use an adjustable or swivel fitting. No load rating is published; for a stair guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design, and check rail heights against the Building Regulations for stairs in buildings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm fitting goes where on a stair rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail meeting the top post of the flight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis variable acute elbow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-short-tee-key-clamp\"\u003eAdjustable short tee 30-60°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid rail past each post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-mid-rail-connector-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eAdjustable mid rail connector\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSloping rail ending at a post part way up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/single-swivel-socket-connection-key-clamp-2\"\u003eSingle swivel socket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for posts and rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at the top post of each stair rail. A flight with a handrail on both sides needs two; where the rail changes from the stair to a landing at the top, this fitting makes that turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore, the usual size for handrails. Measure across the tube before ordering: this fitting will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same fitting is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/variable-acute-elbow-40-71\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the top post plumb and cut it to height. Push the elbow onto the top of the post and the rail end fully into the raked socket, let the rail settle to the stair pitch, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one variable acute elbow with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat angle does it cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rail can be set anywhere from 40° to 70° to the post, which suits most stair pitches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the post or rail pass through it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both end inside the fitting; it is for the top of a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 5 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full stair guard rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57886177427843,"sku":"SSHF-418627-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-variable-acute-elbow-40-70-42-4mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794137828"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-base-flange-0-11","title":"Key Clamp Slope Oval Base Flange 0-11 Degrees, 42.4mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe slope oval base flange fixes an upright to a ramp, sloping path or bank and keeps the post plumb on a fall of up to 11°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval plate bolts flat to the sloping surface with two bolts, and the socket is shaped so the post can stand anywhere from square to the plate to 11° off it. Two grub screws lock the post at the angle you set. It suits 42.4mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-slope-oval-base-flange-0-11-type-n-42-4mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 42.4mm key clamp slope oval base flange 0 to 11 degrees, 85mm tall on a 150 by 75mm plate with fixing holes 110mm apart\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a slope base flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlumb posts on sloping ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard base flange holds the post square to the plate, so on a ramp the post leans with the slope. This flange takes up the fall, so every post on the ramp stands upright and the rail runs true.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo packing or wedges.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate sits flat on the slope and bolts straight down. There is no need to pack under one side or cut a level pad into the ramp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne flange for any fall in range.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post can sit at any angle from 0° to 11°, so the same flange suits a gentle path or a steeper access ramp. Set the post plumb with a level, then tighten the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and loading areas in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrail and guard rail posts on wheelchair and access ramps, sloping footpaths and car park ramps, barriers on loading bay approaches, rails on banks and sloping decks, and any tube frame where uprights must stand vertical on a surface with a fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne slope oval base flange with two grub screws fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlope oval base flange 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm outside diameter (size C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 14mm diameter, to take M12 anchors or bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° from square to the plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.00 to 1.03 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe post leans one way only: towards the open side of the oval socket. Fit the flange with its two holes running across the slope and the open side facing up or down the ramp, as the post needs. Falls steeper than 11°, such as stairs, need the 11° to 29° base angle fixing. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 42.4mm fitting goes where on a ramp rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 42.4mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the ramp surface, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis slope oval base flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to level ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-key-clamp-6\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to a surface at 11° to 29°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-angle-base-fixing-11-29\"\u003eBase angle fixing 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11-degree-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eShort slope tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-tee-piece-42-4mm-tube\"\u003eSloping tee piece\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for every post that stands on the slope. Posts are usually spaced up to about 2 metres apart, so a 10 metre ramp rail needs six flanges. Posts on the level landings at the top and bottom take standard oval base flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 42.4mm tube is often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore. Measure across the post before ordering: this flange will not grip 33.7mm or 48.3mm tube. The same slope oval base flange is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-slope-base-flange\"\u003e48.3mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the post positions along the ramp. Set each flange with its holes across the slope, then drill and fix it with two M12 anchors or bolts suited to the surface. Push the post fully into the socket, hold it plumb with a spirit level and tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one slope oval base flange with both grub screws fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose M12 anchors for concrete or masonry, or M12 bolts for timber or steel, to suit the surface you are fixing to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on level ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The post can stand square to the plate, so it works at 0° too. For a site that is all level, the standard oval base flange is the simpler choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57805966213507,"sku":"SSHF-945603-01","price":23.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-slope-oval-base-flange-type-n-42-4mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794137827"},{"product_id":"90-offset-crossover-joint-reducer","title":"Key Clamp Offset Crossover Reducer 90 Degrees, 42.4mm to 33.7mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe offset crossover reducer joins a 42.4mm tube and a 33.7mm tube where they cross at 90°, side by side.\u003c\/strong\u003e One barrel takes the 42.4mm tube and the other, smaller barrel takes the 33.7mm tube, with their centre lines 43mm apart. Each tube is locked by its own grub screw, and both tubes run straight through, so neither has to be cut at the joint. It is typically used in racking, shelving and frames where a lighter rail crosses a heavier upright. It is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one fitting, with a minimum order of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-offset-crossover-reducer-42-4-33-7mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the key clamp offset crossover reducer for 42.4mm and 33.7mm tube, tube centres 43mm apart, 96mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a crossover reducer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo tube sizes in one joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Frames often use heavier tube for uprights and lighter tube for rails and shelf bearers. This fitting joins the two directly, with no packing or sleeves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoth tubes run through.\u003c\/strong\u003e Neither tube ends in the fitting, so it can sit anywhere along both, and rails can carry on past each upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple to adjust.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen a grub screw and the fitting slides along its tube, so shelf and rail heights can be changed later with a hex key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for indoors and out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron in stores, workshops and outdoor frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRacking and shelving frames, workbenches and stillages, display and exhibition frames, garden and allotment structures, and any tube frame where a 33.7mm tube crosses a 42.4mm tube at right angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne offset crossover reducer with two grub screws fitted, minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOffset 90° crossover, reducing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm (size C) in one barrel and 33.7mm (size B) in the other\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: large barrel height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: centre to centre of the tubes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: large ring diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: small barrel height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eE: overall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, hex socket, one for each tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.39 to 0.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tubes cross at 90° and pass each other; they cannot be joined end to end in this fitting. It is for crossing joints in frames, not for main structural connections carrying heavy loads. No load rating is published; for racking or frames that must carry a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich crossover do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTubes crossing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm and 33.7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis offset crossover reducer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm and 42.4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-offset-crossover-joint-90\"\u003e42.4mm offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm and 33.7mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-crossover-joint-90-degrees\"\u003e33.7mm offset crossover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/galvanised-steel-tube-3500mm\"\u003e42.4mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m\"\u003e33.7mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne at every point where a 33.7mm tube crosses a 42.4mm tube. A shelf bearer crossing two uprights needs two; a four-upright shelf level with bearers front and back needs four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. Measure both tubes before ordering: this fitting needs one 42.4mm tube (often sold as 1¼\" or 32mm nominal bore) and one 33.7mm tube (often sold as 1\" or 25mm nominal bore). If both tubes are the same size, use a standard offset crossover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the fitting onto the 42.4mm tube and feed the 33.7mm tube through the small barrel. Set the height and position, then tighten both grub screws firmly with a hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one fitting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one offset crossover reducer with both grub screws fitted. The minimum order is 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich barrel takes which tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger barrel takes the 42.4mm tube and the smaller barrel takes the 33.7mm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it join two tubes end to end?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tubes cross at 90° and pass each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder 10 or more online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full racking or frame kit, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57805899170179,"sku":"SSHF-944451-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-offset-crossover-reducer-42-4-33-7mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794137825"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-slope-base-flange","title":"Key Clamp Slope Oval Base Flange 0-11 Degrees, 48.3mm Tube, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe slope oval base flange fixes an upright to a ramp, sloping path or bank and keeps the post plumb on a fall of up to 11°.\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval plate bolts flat to the sloping surface with two bolts, and the socket is shaped so the post can stand anywhere from square to the plate to 11° off it. Two grub screws lock the post at the angle you set. It suits 48.3mm outside diameter tube and is malleable cast iron with a galvanised finish for indoor and outdoor use. The price shown is for one flange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-slope-oval-base-flange-0-11-type-n-48-3mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 48.3mm key clamp slope oval base flange 0 to 11 degrees, 95mm tall on a 160 by 84mm plate with fixing holes 120mm apart\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a slope base flange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlumb posts on sloping ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard base flange holds the post square to the plate, so on a ramp the post leans with the slope. This flange takes up the fall, so every post on the ramp stands upright and the rail runs true.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo packing or wedges.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate sits flat on the slope and bolts straight down. There is no need to pack under one side or cut a level pad into the ramp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne flange for any fall in range.\u003c\/strong\u003e The post can sit at any angle from 0° to 11°, so the same flange suits a gentle path or a steeper access ramp. Set the post plumb with a level, then tighten the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc coating protects the iron on ramps, paths and loading areas in all weathers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandrail and guard rail posts on wheelchair and access ramps, sloping footpaths and car park ramps, barriers on loading bay approaches, rails on banks and sloping decks, and any tube frame where uprights must stand vertical on a surface with a fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne slope oval base flange with two grub screws fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlope oval base flange 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm outside diameter (size D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eA: overall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB: plate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eC: plate length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eD: fixing hole centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 14mm diameter, to take M12 anchors or bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° to 11° from square to the plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMalleable cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrub screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 3\/8\" BSP, hex socket, tightened with a 5\/16\" hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.34 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKnow its limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe post leans one way only: towards the open side of the oval socket. Fit the flange with its two holes running across the slope and the open side facing up or down the ramp, as the post needs. Falls steeper than 11°, such as stairs, need the 11° to 29° base angle fixing. No load rating is published; for a guard rail that must meet a set load, ask a structural engineer to check the design and the fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 48.3mm fitting goes where on a ramp rail?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGalvanised 48.3mm fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to the ramp surface, 0° to 11°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis slope oval base flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to level ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-oval-base-flange-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eOval base flange\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost fixed to a surface at 11° to 29°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-base-angle-fixing-11-29\"\u003eBase angle fixing 11° to 29°\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop rail over each intermediate post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-short-slope-tee-0-11-degree\"\u003eShort slope tee\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRails joined over a post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sloping-tee-piece-0-11-degree-48-3mm-tube\"\u003eSloping tee piece\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRail ending at an end post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sloping-elbow-0-12\"\u003eSloping elbow\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube for rails and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-galvanised-steel-tube-3-5m-1\"\u003e48.3mm galvanised tube, 3.5m\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne for every post that stands on the slope. Posts are usually spaced up to about 2 metres apart, so a 10 metre ramp rail needs six flanges. Posts on the level landings at the top and bottom take standard oval base flanges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey clamps are sized by the tube's outside diameter. 48.3mm is standard scaffold tube, often sold as 1½\" or 40mm nominal bore. Measure across the post before ordering: this flange will not grip 42.4mm or 60.3mm tube. The same slope oval base flange is made for \u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-slope-oval-base-flange\"\u003e33.7mm\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-base-flange-0-11\"\u003e42.4mm\u003c\/a\u003e tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the post positions along the ramp. Set each flange with its holes across the slope, then drill and fix it with two M12 anchors or bolts suited to the surface. Push the post fully into the socket, hold it plumb with a spirit level and tighten both grub screws firmly with a 5\/16\" hex key. Check the screws after the first week and once a year after that. Touch up scratched galvanising with zinc-rich paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one flange?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one slope oval base flange with both grub screws fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the bolts included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose M12 anchors for concrete or masonry, or M12 bolts for timber or steel, to suit the surface you are fixing to.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on level ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The post can stand square to the plate, so it works at 0° too. For a site that is all level, the standard oval base flange is the simpler choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanised finish is made for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a full ramp rail, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm availability and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57801003270531,"sku":"SSHF-714755-01","price":24.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/key-clamp-slope-oval-base-flange-type-n-48-3mm-in-use.jpg?v=1794137826"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/iron-hardware-key-clamps.oembed?page=5","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}